Bed Microclimate Control

ABSTRACT

A bed system includes microclimate control capabilities for providing quality sleep experience. The bed system can include a microclimate control subsystem configured to supply conditioned air (e.g., heated or cooled air) to a mattress, or draw ambient air from the mattress, to achieve a desired temperature at the top of the mattress. Utilizing supply of conditioned air to provide air at desired temperature to the mattress system, or utilizing air suction to drain heat away from the mattress system, can provide precise microclimate control at the mattress, thereby permitting conformable sleep.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims the benefit of U.S. application Ser. No.17/140,702, filed Jan. 4, 2021, which claims the benefit of U.S.Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/957,103, filed Jan. 3, 2020. Thedisclosure of the prior application is considered part of (and isincorporated by reference in) the disclosure of this application.

TECHNICAL FIELD

This document relates to bed systems, and more particularly to devices,systems, and methods for controlling air flow and temperature of a bed.

BACKGROUND

In general, a bed is a piece of furniture used as a location to sleep orrelax. Many modern beds include a soft mattress on a bed frame. Themattress may include springs, foam material, and/or an air chamber tosupport the weight of one or more occupants. Various features andsystems have been used in conjunction with beds, including heating andcooling systems for heating and cooling a user of a bed.

SUMMARY

Some embodiments described herein include a bed system with microclimatecontrol capabilities for providing quality sleep experience. The bedsystem can include a microclimate control subsystem configured to supplyconditioned air (e.g., heated or cooled air) to a mattress to achieve adesired temperature at the top of the mattress. In some implementations,conditioned air can be supplied to one or more airflow pads arrangedunder the mattress top, so that the conditioned air is distributed tothe mattress top through the airflow pads. Alternatively, themicroclimate control subsystem can draw ambient air from the mattress,thereby conditioning the temperature at the top of the mattress. Forexample, air is forced to be drawn from the airflow pads so that air atthe mattress top is suctioned into the mattress and permits for the airto be circulated and refreshed at the mattress top. Utilizing supply ofconditioned air to provide air at desired temperature to the mattresssystem, or utilizing air suction to drain heat away from the mattresssystem, can provide precise microclimate control at the mattress,thereby permitting conformable sleep.

In some implementations, the bed system can include an integrated highairflow zone or layer, which can be implemented by one or more airflowpads, located below a top layer (e.g., topper foam layer) of a mattress.For example, the airflow pads can be arranged (e.g., inserted) toreplace at least part of a support foam layer below the top foam layer.The airflow zone enables directed air suctioning from, or supplying to,the mattress, in particular the mattress top. The material used for theairflow zone can be configured to permit for air to move freelythroughout. In one example, the material can include three-dimensionalstructures with elastic polyolefin fibers, such as Qshion™ material.Other example materials can include a spacer monofilament, reticulatedform, and channeling.

In some implementations, the airflow layer can be at least partiallywrapped and/or sealed with a membrane to allow for directed suction ofair therethrough. The wrapping material can be configured to be airimpermeable or restrictive. For example, the wrapping can be made of aPU, PVC, fabric with backing, or other materials for helping direct airto be pulled through the membrane of the layer, not the wrapping.Another example of the wrapping material includes a laminated material.The wrapping can be made as a jacket that can be pulled up around theedges of the airflow layer material. In some implementations, a pullcord can be used to tighten or sewn together with a zipper.

In some implementations, the top surface of the airflow layer can beopen with no restriction. Alternatively, the top surface of the airflowlayer can be configured using a partially impermeable material tooptimize a location where larger portions of air can be pulled from. Forexample, the top surface of the airflow layer can be configured to bemore permeable near the middle of the mattress—furthest away from a fansuction—to create an even surface. Alternatively, the top surface of theairflow layer can be configured using an air restrictive material with azone of holes or punches to help direct flow of air. Hole punching canbe selective to help direct air in desired ways.

The airflow zone or layer can be configured and arranged such that alarge or substantial amount of air can be pulled from the areas of themattress, or supplied to the areas of the mattress, that the most amountof heat is built up. For example, the middle section of the mattress(e.g., an area between the head and foot sections) may build up most ofheat when sleepers rest on the mattress. Therefore, the airflow zone canbe arranged in the middle section of the mattress.

The airflow zone or layer can be configured in various thickness. Forexample, the airflow layers can be provided with different thicknessoptions, such as 0.5 inches, 2 inches, etc., and selectively used fordesired purposes and outcomes. The airflow zone can have different sizesin a mattress. For example, the airflow zone can be formed from an edgeto a middle of the bed to cover each sleeper, and from the shoulder downto the knee area. This configuration can permit for the head/neck andfeet to be zoned differently. In alternative examples, the airflow zonecan be increased or decreased to help optimize effectivity. In someimplementations, the airflow layer can be inserted so as to be recessed(e.g., 2 inches) from the edge or perimeter of the mattress. Thisconfiguration can allow the topper layer and the rail form to belaminated together and maintain a clean edge to the mattress. Further,this configuration can create a finite cavity for the airflow layer torest within.

The bed system can provide an air duct system that is coupled to theairflow layer and permit for air to flow (e.g., supply or draw)from/into the airflow layer. For example, the air duct system isconfigured to draw air from the airflow layer down and out of the bottomof the mattress and foundation. The bed system can further include a fanassembly configured to push or pull air into/from the airflow layer. Thefan assembly can be mounted below the mattress foundation, while the airduct system is fluidly connected to the fan assembly and routed throughthe foundation and partially the mattress up to an inlet of the airflowlayer. In some implementations, the air duct system can be routedthrough a carved-out section of the rail foam that surrounds the bed,thereby avoiding interference with the air chamber and its parts (e.g.,air hoses, wiring, etc.). Alternatively, the fan assembly and the airduct system can be configured to be mounted and/or routed outside thefoundation. This configuration may be advantageous where the fanassembly and the air duct system are to be provided separately from thebed system and assembled with the bed system afterwards.

The bed system with the airflow layer can operate to pull away andremove the heat that normally builds up within comfort layers (e.g., thetopper layer), thereby effectively conditioning the microclimate of themattress system. Further, the bed system with the airflow layer canoperate to pull room ambient air into and take place of warmer air atthe top of the mattress, and thus create calming refresh within themicroclimate and comfort materials in the mattress. In addition, the bedsystem with the airflow layer can provide humidity control, which isanother factor of comfort sleep. The airflow layer is configured anddisposed in the mattress so that comfort and durability of the mattressare not affected by the airflow layer.

In some implementations, the fan assembly can provide temperaturecontrol functionalities. For example, the fan assembly can includetemperature sensors (e.g., thermocouples) configured to directly monitorthe heat being pulled from the mattress. The monitored temperature canbe a direct reflection of the microclimate and mattress systemtemperature. The temperature sensors can be arranged in differentlocations, such as in the air duct system. The fan assembly can have avariable CFM to control how much heat is removed from the bed system. Insome implementations, the bed system can be operated in a closed loopcontrol. For example, thermal events can be monitored for apredetermined period of time (e.g., throughout the night) by, forexample, turning on the airflow system for a short period of time tocollect thermal data from the sleep environment. Such collected thermaldata can be fed into the system for adjustment to the control.

In some implementations, the fan assembly can be configured as a thermalmodule for heating, cooling, and air movement. For example, the thermalmodule can include one or more fans, an electronic circuit board foron-board control, and a heating element. The thermal module can furtherinclude guards or screens on openings (e.g., air inlet opening and airoutlet opening) to provide safe operation and prevent foreign objects(e.g., dusts, particles, etc.) from entering a housing of the thermalmodule. In some implementations, the thermal module can include one ormore reversible electric fans, one or more unidirectional axial fans,one or more radial fans, or any combination thereof, to move air intoand out of the mattress. The heating element can be disposed in or nearair stream to supply warmed air to the mattress. The heating element maybe sized smaller than the total air passage area to allow increasedairflow with the system in the air suction mode, but still supplyadequate airflow and temperature increase in the heating mode. Thecooling element can be placed in or near air stream to supply cooed airto the mattress.

In some implementations, the thermal module can include one or moremeasures of sound and/or vibration reduction mechanisms. In someexamples, such sound and/or vibration reduction mechanisms can includeadhesive foam placed on the interior of the housing, and/or adhesivemass tape (e.g., butyl tape) placed on the interior or the exterior ofthe housing. In addition or alternatively, the sound and/or vibrationreduction mechanisms can include a mass and foam assembly that can beplaced on the interior or outside of the housing, and/or can bepartially or fully installed in the air stream. In addition oralternatively, the sound and/or vibration reduction mechanisms caninclude stiffening ribs placed in the housing to minimize the drummingeffect of air pulsations. Such ribs can be tuned to stiffen the housingand ensure the natural frequency of the housing does not overlap or comenear to forced vibration frequencies supplied by the fan.

The fan(s) in the thermal module can be isolated from the housing of thethermal module and/or the mattress foundation to which the thermalmodule is mounted. Various methods can be used for such isolation. Insome examples, adhesive foam strip can be used to provide a compressiveor friction fit between the housing and the fan. In addition oralternatively, molded foam strip can be provided to engage ribs in thehousing and the ribs/mounting features of the fan to couple the twotogether mechanically, but still isolate vibration caused by the fan. Inaddition or alternatively, molded elastomer strip can be provided toengage ribs in the housing and the ribs/mounting features of the fan tocouple the two together mechanically, but still isolate vibration causedby the fan.

The thermal module can include a thermal protective circuit that can beinherent to the heating element and configured to keep the unit frombecoming hotter than the designed maximum temperature. In someimplementations, the thermal module can include two thermostatsinstalled in series in the circuit that powers the heating element. Theheating circuitry can be either DC or AC power in desired voltage. Thethermostats can be placed directly on the heating element, wedgedbetween the heating element fins, and/or installed near the heatingelement. The heating element can be operated in a closed loop control,by for example measuring outlet temperature and adjusting (e.g.,reducing or increasing) heating power to achieve a desired outlettemperature.

The thermal module can include two temperature sensors (e.g.,thermocouples) within the housing. For example, the sensors can bearranged on opposite sides of the heating element. The temperaturesensors can be used to verify the fan function, heating elementfunction, heating element output, and/or airflow direction. The sensorscan be used to verify these functions during normal operation, at end ofline testing during manufacturing, and/or during troubleshooting ordiagnostic activities.

The thermal module can include one or more integrated thermocouples thatmeasure an extracted temperature of the microclimate of the mattress,and compare it against the ambient temperature to measure and react tothe amount of heat being extracted from the microclimate of themattress.

The microclimate of the bed system can be controlled in closed loop.Multiple methods may be employed to provide closed loop microclimatecontrol. In general, this involves measuring the temperature of themicroclimate and increasing or decreasing heating or cooling to obtainthe desired microclimate temperature or energy addition/extraction. Forexample, when in the heating mode, warm air is pushed through themattress and into the microclimate, and the fan can be periodicallyreversed to pull air from the microclimate to “sample the temperature”and react (e.g., increase or decrease heating/cooling) accordingly.Alternatively or in addition, an additional fan can be periodically orcontinuously activated to pull a small amount (less than what is beingdelivered to the microclimate) of air for measurement and react (e.g.,increase or decrease heating/cooling) accordingly. When in the coolingmode, microclimate air is extracted from the mattress, and one or morethermocouples in the thermal module are used to measure the temperatureas discussed above, thereby providing a partial level of “closed loopmicroclimate” control.

In some implementations, the bed system can include air supply and airreturn. The air supply and air return can be used to introduce ambientor conditioned air at a specific point or area in the mattress andreturn air from another point or area of the mattress. Thisconfiguration can provide nearly fully control of the airflow across thesleeper's body on the mattress, and increase cooling and/or heatingperformance. Further, the air supply and return at different locationscan provide ability to wash warm air, or suction air, across theextremities of the user's body as opposed to just a local zone.Moreover, this configuration can provide ability to wash externallycooled air across the extremities of the user's body as opposed toambient air circulation. This may be a way to increase the feeling ofcold air and further increase cooling performance without increasingairflow/noise/disruption. The bed system with air supply and return atdifferent locations can provide nearly 100% closed loop control becauseit can control both supply and return air, and measure true microclimatetemperature change. For example, air changes its temperature as itwashes across the body between the air supply and the air return,thereby creating the feeling of “zones” with the most extreme zonehappening where the air enters the mattress and a less extreme zonebeing where it exits the mattress.

In some implementations, the bed system can provide variousconfigurations for keeping the air duct secured and maintaining thestructural integrity of the mattress rail. For example, a piece ofmaterial can be attached to the inside of the rail to keep the air ductsecurely in place. In addition or alternatively, a channel cut can beprovided through the rail foam for the air duct to travel through,thereby keeping the duct from being pulled outside of the rail.

The fan in the bed system can be reversible. When air is being insertedinto the sleep system, an energy source can be used to heat the air thatis being moved. This would allow the same system to effectively heat orcool without requiring specialized plumbing or additional systems.

In some implementations, the plenum (e.g., the air duct) that draws airfrom the insert can be optimized to draw the largest amount of air withminimum restriction. For example, the plenum can be configured in a“funnel” design to provide optimal air suction and/or supply results.

In some implementations, a sleeve can be provided to be connected to theairflow pad and extends therefrom to surround the air duct coupled tothe airflow pad. The sleeve can help reduce air leakage with thisconnection and also hold the ducting in place.

In some implementations, the airflow pads can be separated intodifferent zones in the mattress and sized differently within themattress to control where the thermal performance is directed. Theairflow pads can be attached to the mating assembly to ensure it remainsin place. This can be done through adhesive, tape, or another type ofattachment method. A hose routing for air chambers in an air mattresscan have a “jog” or offset created to avoid interference with the airduct routing from the airflow pads.

In some implementations, the bed system can provide variousconfigurations to minimize the dB level of the system. For example, thefan and ductwork can be placed within the foundation to help blocknoise. In addition or alternatively, a jacket or insulated wrap can beplaced around the fan and ductwork. In addition or alternatively, amuffler can be incorporated to minimize the exhaust noise of the air. Inaddition or alternatively, specialized foam can be used near the airintake to help dampen the air flow noise.

The airflow zone or layer can be used with a separate foot warming layerin a mattress. For example, the foot warming layer can be constructedwith one or more heating elements arranged or attached to the footsection of the mattress, and independently controlled. The airflow zonecan be provided in the other section of the mattress, such as the middlesection, so that the microclimate control can be provided in both theairflow zone and the foot section independently. Further, the airflowzone can be operated selectively in multiple modes of operations. Forexample, the airflow zone can be selectively operated in a cooling mode,a heating mode, a cleaning mode, a refresh mode, and a preparation mode.

The bed system described herein can be configured to control themicroclimate of the mattress to limit deviation of an internal pressureof an air mattress, thereby providing consistent comfort while themattress is operated in heating or cooling mode. For example, when anair mattress is actively controlled in a heating or cooling operation,the pressure inside the mattress air chamber changes, which may cause adeviation from the air pressure set point. The bed system can limit theamount of air pressure change caused by such active heating or coolingoperation. For example, the bed system can limit the amount of energyinputted into the system or removed from the system, thereby reducing oreliminating a deviation from the air pressure set point.

In addition or alternatively, the bed system can control themicroclimate of the mattress to compensate thermal effects of a userresting on the mattress. For example, a sleeper generates a body heat,and such thermal outputs can heat up an air chamber of the mattress,thereby causing an increase in pressure of the air chamber. The pressurechange in the air chamber causes a deviation from a pressure set pointthat was selected by the sleeper or automatically determined based onone or more factors to provide personal comfort. For example, thepressure inside the mattress air chamber can be deviated from a setpoint due to the thermal output from the user's body. The bed system canoffset the thermal input to the bed from active heating or coolingsystems by the amount of the thermal effect of the user's body restingon the bed, thereby minimizing a deviation from the set point of airpressure inside the mattress air chamber, and thus ensuring to provideconsistent comfort with the bed.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress systemincluding a mattress cover, a first layer, heating unit, an airflowinsert pad, and an air controller. The first layer has a top surface andan opposite bottom surface. The top surface may be covered by themattress cover. The first layer may be configured to permit a firstairflow rate. The heating unit may be arranged above the top surface ofthe first layer and under the mattress cover. The heating unit may beelectrically controlled to increase temperature. The airflow insert padmay be arranged under the bottom surface of the first layer, andconfigured to permit a second airflow rate being higher than the firstairflow. The air controller may be configured to move air through theairflow insert pad and through the first layer to decrease a temperatureat the top surface of the first layer.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The heating unit may include a foot warmingenvelop positioned at a foot of the mattress system, and the airflowinsert pad may be positioned closer to a head of the mattress systemthan the foot warming envelop. The first layer may be configured as afoam layer. The air controller may be configured to draw air from theairflow insert pad. The air controller may be configured to supplyconditioned air to the air insert pad. The conditioned air may includeheated air. The conditioned air may include cooled air. The airflowinsert pad may include a pad cover and an airflow material enclosed inthe pad cover. The pad cover may include a vent, and the airflow insertpad may be arranged for the vent to face the bottom surface of the firstlayer. The pad cover may be made of an air restrictive material, and thevent is covered by a meshed material. The vent may include a windowprovided in the pad cover. The vent may have edges spaced inward of aperimeter of the airflow insert pad to form a border around the vent.The mattress system may include an air duct fluidly connected to theairflow insert pad. The air duct may include an opening that isconnected to a portion of the airflow insert pad that corresponds to theborder around the vent. The airflow insert pad may be free of holes. Theairflow insert pad may be made of Qshion™ material. The airflow insertpad may be made of one of a spacer monofilament material and areticulated foam. The mattress system may include an inflatable chamberpositioned below the first layer. The mattress system may include a foamrail structure including top, bottom, and opposite side form railsextending between the top and bottom foam rails, and configured tosurround the inflatable chamber. The rails may be attached to theperiphery of the first foam layer on the bottom surface. The mattresssystem may include a second foam layer (i.e., support foam layer)attached to the bottom surface and including a cutout section configuredto receive the airflow insert pad. The airflow insert pad may beenclosed in the cutout section and surrounded by the second foam layersuch that the airflow insert pad is not laterally exposed. The airflowinsert pad may be attached to the bottom surface of the first foam layerthrough the cutout section of the second foam layer. The foam railstructure may be attached to the second form layer. The mattress systemmay include an air duct extending between the airflow insert pad and theair controller. At least one of the rails may have a notch configured toat least partially receive the air duct. The mattress system may includeone or more reinforcement straps attached to the side rails andextending between the side rails. The mattress system may include an airchamber at least partially surrounded by the rails, and an air hoseextending from the air chamber. The air hose may extend at leastpartially along the duct. The mattress system may include a foundationincluding a duct opening configured to mate with an end of the air duct.The mattress system may include a sleeve at least partially disposedaround the air duct. The heating unit may include a layer positioned ata foot of the mattress system above the first layer and under themattress cover that is configured to generate heat in response to anelectric current. The air controller may include an air controllerhousing defining a housing inlet and a housing outlet, a fan positionedin the air controller housing, and an air passage connecting at leastone of the housing inlet and the housing outlet of the air controllerhousing to the airflow insert pad. The air controller may include aheater positioned in the air controller housing between the housinginlet and the housing outlet. The air passage may connect the housinginlet to the airflow insert pad. The air controller may be configured todraw air from the airflow insert pad into the air controller housing.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method of operatingthe mattress system described herein. The method may include heating viathe heating unit, and cooling via the air controller.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The method may include heating a foot portionof the mattress system via the heating unit while cooling a secondportion of the mattress system via the air controller. The method mayinclude heating a foot portion of the mattress system via the heatingunit before a user enters the mattress system, stopping heating the footportion of the mattress system via the heating unit either before orwhen a user is sensed entering the mattress system, and cooling a secondportion of the mattress system via the air controller after a user issensed entering the mattress system.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress systemincluding a mattress cover, a first foam layer, a foot warming envelop,an airflow insert pad, and an air controller. The first foam layer has atop surface and an opposite bottom surface. The top surface may becovered by the mattress cover. The first foam layer may be configured topermit a first airflow rate. The foot warming envelop may enclose aheating unit and arranged under the mattress cover. The heating unit maybe electrically controlled. The airflow insert pad may be arranged underthe bottom surface of the first foam layer, and configured to permit asecond airflow rate being higher than the first airflow. The aircontroller may be configured to draw air from the airflow insert pad toincrease distribution of air through the first foam layer and decrease atemperature at the top surface of the first foam layer.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress systemincluding a first foam layer, an airflow pad, and an air controller. Thefirst foam layer may be configured to permit a first airflow rate. Theairflow pad may be arranged under the first foam layer and configured topermit a second airflow rate being higher than the first airflow. Theair controller may be configured to move air through the airflow pad toand through the first foam layer to decrease a temperature at a topsurface of the first foam layer. The airflow pad may be made of awater-resistant, breathable, resilient, and supportive airflow materialthat is different than the first foam layer.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The airflow material may havethree-dimensional structures with elastic polyolefin fibers. The airflowmaterial may be made of 100% polyolefin. The airflow material mayinclude Qshion™ material. The airflow material may have a resiliencerate of thickness no less than 95% after 80,000 times of repeatedcompressions. The airflow pad may include a pad cover to enclose theairflow material. The pad cover may include a vent, and the airflow padmay be arranged for the vent to face a bottom surface of the first foamlayer. The pad cover may be made of an air restrictive material, and thevent may be covered by a meshed material. The airflow pad may be free ofholes.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress systemincluding a first foam layer, an airflow pad, an air hose, and amattress core. The first foam layer may be positioned proximate amattress top. The airflow pad may be positioned under the first foamlayer. The airflow pad includes a core of Qshion™ material and a plenumchamber. The plenum chamber may substantially surround the core ofQshion™ material via a cover material that limits airflow. The covermaterial may be positioned on at least part of a top, a bottom, andsides of the core of Qshion™ material. The plenum chamber may define atop opening. A mesh material may cover the top opening such that air canflow through the top opening. The air hose may be connected to theplenum chamber. The mattress core may be configured to support a userpositioned under the airflow pad.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress including afirst layer, a first side rail, a second side rail, a core, and a firststrap. The first layer has a first layer top and a first layer bottomand extends from a first layer edge to a second layer edge. The firstside rail may be attached to the first layer bottom proximate the firstlayer edge. The second side rail may be attached to the first layerbottom proximate the second layer edge. The core may be positioned underthe first layer bottom between the first side rail and the second siderail. The first strap may be connected to the first side rail and thesecond side rail at a connection locations such that the first strapextends under the core from a bottom of the first side rail to a bottomof the second side rail.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The mattress may include a mattress coverenclosing the first layer, the first side rail, the second side rail,the core, and the first strap. The mattress may include a second strapconnected to the first side rail and the second side rail such that thesecond strap extends under the core from the first rail bottom to thesecond rail bottom. The first strap and the second strap may be bothpositioned in a longitudinal middle section of the mattress with thesecond strap spaced from the first strap. The mattress may include asecond strap connected to the first side rail and the second side railsuch that the second strap extends under the core from the first railbottom to the second rail bottom. The first strap may cross the secondstrap such that the strap is connected to the first side rail between ahead of the mattress and the second strap. The first strap may beconnected to the second side rail between a foot of the mattress and thesecond strap. The mattress may include a second strap connected to thefirst side rail and the second side rail such that the second strapextends under the core from the first rail bottom to the second railbottom. The first side rail may define a first cutout and the secondside rail defines a second cutout such that the first and second siderails are structurally weakened at the first and second cutouts, andwherein the first and second straps connect to the first and second siderails on opposite sides of the first and second cutouts. The first siderail may define a first cutout and the second side rail defines a secondcutout such that the first and second side rails are structurallyweakened at the first and second cutouts. The first strap may beconnected to the first and second side rails proximate the first andsecond cutouts. The first layer, the first side rail, and the secondside rail may include one or more foam materials. The core may includean inflatable air chamber. The first layer, the first side rail, and thesecond side rail may be part of an upside-down foam tub. The upside-downfoam tub may include a foot rail and a head rail. The mattress mayinclude a second strap, a first air hose, and a second air hose. Thesecond strap may be connected to the first side rail and the second siderail such that the second strap extends under the core from the firstrail bottom to the second rail bottom. The first air hose may extendthrough the first side rail between the first strap and the secondstrap. The second air hose may extend through the second side railbetween the first strap and the second strap.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed including amattress and a plurality of straps. The mattress may include a firstfoam layer having a top surface and an opposite bottom surface, aninflatable chamber arranged opposite to the top surface of the firstfoam layer, and a foam rail structure including top, bottom, andopposite side form rails extending between the top and bottom foamrails. The foam rail structure may extend from a periphery of the firstfoam layer and configured to surround the inflatable chamber. Theplurality of straps may each have opposite ends attached to the oppositeside foam rails, respectively, and extend across the inflatable chamberbetween the opposite side foam rails.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The plurality of straps may be arranged toextend between a bottom of the mattress. The bed may include afoundation configured to support the mattress. The plurality of strapsare disposed between a bottom of the mattress and a top of thefoundation. The mattress system may include a plurality of fasteningelements configured to attach the plurality of straps onto the oppositeside foam rails. The plurality of fastening elements may includeadhesive tapes applied between the foam rail structure and the ends ofthe straps. The foam rail structure may include a notch, and at leastone of the plurality of straps may be attached to the foam railstructure adjacent the notch.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed including amattress and a foundation. The mattress has a mattress top and amattress bottom defining a mattress interior between the mattress topand the mattress bottom. The mattress may include a first connectionportion and an air hose. The first connection portion may be positionedon the mattress bottom. The first connection portion may be in fluidcommunication with a first air hole located within the mattress interiorand configured to allow air flow therethrough. The air hose may extendfrom the first air hole and out from the mattress bottom through thefirst connection portion. The foundation may be sized and configured tobe positioned under the mattress bottom to support the mattress. Thefoundation may include a support surface and a second connectionportion. The second connection portion may be positioned on the supportsurface. The second connection portion may define a second air holeconfigured to allow air flow through the second connection portion. Thesecond connection portion may be positioned on the foundation at alocation configured to align with and connect to the first connectionportion when the mattress is positioned on the foundation. The first airhole may be fluidly connected with the second air hole such that air canflow between the foundation and the mattress through the first andsecond air holes when the first connection portion is connected to thesecond connection portion.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The mattress may include a mattress cover.The first connection portion may include a first part positioned on aninside of the mattress cover that connects to a second part positionedon an outside of the mattress cover. The mattress may include aninflatable air chamber, an air distribution layer, and a second airhose. Both the air hose and the second air hoses may extend through thefirst air hole such that the air hose extends to the air distributionlayer and the second air hose extends to the inflatable air chamber. Thefirst connection portion may connect to the second connection portionvia a snap connection. The foundation may be an adjustable foundationconfigured to selectively raise and lower a head of the mattress and afoot of the mattress. The foundation may include a head panel configuredto raise the head of the mattress, a foot panel configured to raise thefoot of the mattress, and a middle panel positioned between the headpanel and the foot panel. The second connection portion may bepositioned on the middle panel. The middle panel may remainsubstantially stationary when the head panel and the foot panel arearticulated. The bed may include a third connection portion positionedon the mattress bottom defining a third air hole and a fourth connectionportion positioned on the support surface defining a fourth hole. Thefourth connection portion may be positioned on the foundation at alocation configured to align with and connect to the third connectionportion when the mattress is positioned on the foundation. The third airhole may be aligned with the fourth air hole such that air can flowbetween the foundation and the mattress through the third and fourth airholes when the third connection portion is connected to the fourthconnection portion. The first, second, third, and fourth connectionportions may be connected with sufficient strength to hold the mattressto the foundation without any additional connectors between the mattressand the foundation when the foundation raises the head and the foot ofthe mattress. The air hose may extend through the first air hole andconnects to the second connection portion. The second connection portionmay include a hose support portion sized and shaped to extend upwardinto the first hole and into a first end of the air hose to providestructural rigidity to the air hose when the first connection portion isconnected to the second connection portion.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed including amattress and a foundation. The mattress has a mattress top and amattress bottom defining a mattress interior between the mattress topand the mattress bottom. The mattress may include a first connectionportion defining a first air hole positioned at or proximate themattress bottom. The foundation may be sized and configured to bepositioned under the mattress bottom to support the mattress. Thefoundation may include a support surface and a second connectionportion. The second connection portion may be positioned on the supportsurface. The second connection portion may define a second air holeconfigured to allow air flow through the second connection portion. Thesecond connection portion may be positioned on the foundation at alocation configured to align with and connect to the first connectionportion when the mattress is positioned on the foundation. The firstconnection portion may be fluidly connected with the second connectionportion such that air can flow between the foundation and the mattressthrough the first and second air holes when the first connection portionis connected to the second connection portion. The second connectionportion may include a rib extending into the first connection portion tosupport the first connection portion.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The rib may include first and secondsidewalls extending upward from the second connection portion onopposite sides of the second air hole. The rib may include a cross wallextending across the second air hole.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed including amattress, a foundation, a duct connector, and an air controller. Themattress may include a foam layer configured to permit a first airflowrate, an airflow insert pad arranged under the foam layer and configuredto permit a second airflow rate being higher than the first airflow, andan air duct having first and second ends, the first end being fluidlyconnected to the airflow insert pad. The foundation may support themattress and including a duct opening. The duct connector may beattached around the duct opening of the foundation and configured to fitthe second end of the air duct. The air controller may be fluidlyconnected to the duct opening and configured to draw air from theairflow insert pad through the air duct to increase distribution of airthrough the foam layer and decrease a temperature at a top surface ofthe foam layer.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The duct connector may be arranged adjacent aperiphery of the foundation. The duct connector may include a base fixedto a top surface of the foundation, and a rib extending from the baseaway from the top surface of the foundation. The rib may be configuredto inserted into the air duct and maintain a width of at least thesecond end of the air duct when the second end of the air duct isconnected to the duct connector. The duct connector may include a firstsub-connector fixed to a top surface of the foundation, and a secondsub-connector fixed to a bottom surface of the mattress. The secondsub-connector may be configured to snap to the first sub-connector toposition the mattress relative to the foundation. The secondsub-connector may be configured to slide relative to the firstsub-connector to lock the position of the mattress relative to thefoundation.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress systemincluding a foam layer, an airflow insert pad, and an air controller.The foam layer may be configured to permit a first airflow rate. Theairflow insert pad may be arranged under the foam layer and configuredto permit a second airflow rate being higher than the first airflow. Theair controller may be configured to draw air from the airflow insert padand supply heated air to the airflow insert pad. The air controller mayinclude a housing having a connection-side opening and an ambient-sideopening, a reversible fan mounted in the housing, a heating elementmounted in the housing, and a control unit configured to control the aircontroller in a cooling mode in which the reversible fan operates tocause airflow from the connection-side opening to the ambient-sideopening through the housing, and further configured to control the aircontroller in a heating mode in which the heating element is heated andthe reversible fan operates to cause air to flow from the ambient-sideopening to the connection-side opening, passing through the heatingelement.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The air controller may include a firsttemperature sensor configured to detect a heating element temperature,and a second temperature sensor configured to detect an outlettemperature of air exiting the housing. The control unit may receivesignals from the first and second temperature sensors and control theheating element based on the signals to achieve a predetermined outlettemperature. The air controller may include a third temperature sensorconfigured to detect a temperature of the air drawn from the airflowinsert pad, and a fourth temperature sensor configured to detect anambient temperature. The control unit may receive signals from the thirdand fourth temperature sensors, and control the reversible fan based onthe signals. The control unit may calculate an amount of heat extractedfrom the airflow insert pad based on the signals. The air controller mayinclude one or more humidity sensors. The control unit may receivesignals from the humidity sensors and controls the reversible fan andthe heating element based on the signals. The housing may include acurved conduit between the connection-side opening and the ambient-sideopening, and the heating element may be arranged at the curved conduit.The heating element may be sized to be smaller than a cross section ofthe curved conduit. The heating element may be arranged closer to anouter corner of the curved conduit than an inner corner of the curvedconduit. The reversible fan may be arranged at the ambient-side openingof the housing. The housing may include ribs extending from an innersurface of the housing and configured to engage the reversible fan tosecure the reversible fan at the ambient-side opening of the housing.The air controller may include a foam material disposed between the ribsand the reversible fan. The air controller may include a first screenarranged at the connection-side opening of the housing, and a secondscreen arranged at the ambient-side opening of the housing. The housingmay include opposite spacers extending from an inner surface of thehousing and configured to interference-fit the heating elementtherebetween.

Particular embodiments described herein include an air controllerconfigured to be used with a mattress. The air controller may include ahousing having a mattress-side opening and an ambient-side opening, areversible fan mounted in the housing, and a heating element thatincludes a plurality of fins that allow air flow in between the fins tobe heated by the heating element. The heating element may be mounted inthe housing in a location that is at least partially spaced from aninner wall of the housing so as to define a bypass flow path that allowsair to flow around the heating element while air simultaneously flowsthrough the heating element when air flows from the ambient-side openingtoward the mattress-side opening and when air flows from themattress-side opening to the ambient-side opening.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The air controller may include a printedcircuit board positioned in the housing between the ambient-side openingand the heating element. The reversible fan may be positioned in thehousing between the ambient-side opening and the heating element. Theprinted circuit board may be electrically connected to both thereversible fan and the heating element to control operation of thereversible fan and the heating element.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method for controllinga microclimate of a mattress. The method may include activating aheating element to heat air; activating a reversible fan in a directionto supply the heated air to a top of the mattress; controlling thereversible fan in an opposite direction to draw an amount of air fromthe top of the mattress for a predetermined period time; detecting atemperature of the amount of air drawn from the top of the mattress; andactivating the heating element and the reversible fan again wherebyactivation of at least one of the heating element and the reversible fanis adjusted based on the temperature detected.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method for controllinga microclimate of a mattress. The method may include activating aheating element to heat air; activating a first fan to supply the heatedair to an air layer; controlling a second fan to draw an amount of airfrom the air layer for a predetermined period time; detecting atemperature of the amount of air drawn from the air layer; and adjustingactivation of at least one of the heating element and the first fanbased on the temperature.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method for controllinga microclimate of a mattress. The method may include activating a fan todraw air from an air insert pad, detecting a temperature of the airdrawn from the air insert pad, and adjusting activation of the fan basedon the temperature. The air insert pad may be arranged under a top foamlayer and configured to permit an airflow rate being higher than anairflow rate of the top foam layer.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method for controllinga microclimate of a mattress. The method may include activating an airconditioner to condition air; supplying the conditioned air to an inletof an air insert pad, detecting supply characteristics of air enteringthe inlet of the air insert pad, detecting return characteristics of airexiting an outlet of the air inset pad, and adjusting activation of theair conditioner based on the supply characteristics and the returncharacteristics. The air insert pad may be arranged under a top foamlayer and configured to permit an airflow rate being higher than anairflow rate of the top foam layer.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. Supplying the conditioned air may includeactivating a fan to supply the conditioned air. The method may includeadjusting activation of the fan based on the supply characteristics andthe return characteristics. The supply characteristics and the returncharacteristics may include at least one of temperature and humidity.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method includingfirst, supplying air to a mattress over a first extended period tocontrol a microclimate at a top of the mattress; second, sampling airtemperature at the microclimate over a brief sampling period byreversing airflow to draw air from the mattress to a temperature sensor;and third, supplying air to the mattress again over a second extendedperiod whereby air is supplied in a manner different than during thefirst extended period as a function of the air temperature sampled whileairflow was reversed.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The first and second extended periods may bebetween 5 and 300 minutes long and wherein the brief sampling period isbetween 5 and 300 seconds long.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed system including amattress, a fan assembly configured to cause air to flow from or to themattress, a temperature sensor configured to sense a temperature of theair that flows from or to the mattress, and a controller configured toactivate the fan assembly to supply air to the mattress over a firstextended period to control a microclimate at a top of the mattress;activate the fan assembly to reverse airflow to draw air from themattress for a sampling period of time; sample air temperature based ona signal from the temperature sensor, the signal representative of atemperature of the air detected by the temperature sensor; and activatethe fan assembly to supply air to the mattress again over a secondextended period whereby air is supplied in a manner different thanduring the first extended period as a function of the air temperaturesampled while airflow was reversed.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The temperature sensor may be arrangedadjacent the fan assembly. The temperature sensor may be arrangedoutside of the mattress. The temperature sensor may be arranged in anairflow path between the fan assembly and the mattress. The bed systemmay include a humidity sensor configured to detect humidity of the airthat flows from or to the mattress. The humidity of the air may beusable to control an operation of the fan assembly.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method of operating amattress air controller. The method may include flowing air through ahousing of the mattress air controller in a first direction from ahousing inlet to a housing outlet during a first operation modeconfigured to condition air at a top of a mattress; and reversing flowof air through the housing in a second direction from the housing outletto the housing inlet during a filter cleaning mode in order to blowparticles out of a filter positioned at the housing inlet. The filtercleaning mode may have a substantially shorter duration than the firstoperation mode.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The method may include sensing user presenceon the mattress; determining that a user exited the mattress; andoperating the filter cleaning mode after determining that the userexited the mattress. The filter cleaning mode may be operated daily whena user is not on the mattress.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method of controllingan air controller configured to draw air from an airflow insert pad fora mattress and supply conditioned air to the airflow insert pad. Themethod may include providing the air controller that includes a housing,a reversible fan, a heating element, and a filtering unit. The housinghas a connection-side opening and an ambient-side opening. Theconnection-side opening may be in fluid communication with the airflowinsert pad, and the ambient-side opening exposed to a surrounding. Thereversible fan may be mounted in the housing. The heating element may bemounted in the housing. The filtering unit may be arranged at theambient-side opening of the housing. The method may further includecontrolling the air controller in a cooling mode by operating thereversible fan to cause airflow from the connection-side opening to theambient-side opening through the housing; and controlling the aircontroller in a cleaning mode by operating the reversible fan to blowair out through the filtering unit at the ambient-side opening of thehousing for a predetermined period of time, thereby cleaning thefiltering unit.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The air controller may be configured toperform the cleaning mode periodically. The air control may include asecond filtering unit arranged at the connection-side opening of thehousing. The method may include controlling the air controller in aheating mode in which the heating element is heated and the reversiblefan operates to cause air to flow from the ambient-side opening to theconnection-side opening, passing through the heating element.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method of controllingan air controller configured to draw air from an air distribution layerfor a mattress and supply conditioned air to the air distribution layer.The method may include providing the air controller that includes areversible fan and a heating element. The method may further includecontrolling the air controller in a cooling mode by operating thereversible fan to draw air from the air distribution layer; andcontrolling the air controller in a refresh mode by operating thereversible fan to cause air to circulate through the air distributionlayer for a predetermined period of time.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The air controller may be controlled in therefresh mode for a predetermined period of time. The predeterminedperiod of time may range from 30 minutes to 60 minutes. The method mayinclude sensing user presence on the mattress; and determining that auser is not present on the mattress prior to controlling the aircontroller in the refresh mode. The method may include detecting ahumidity level in the air in the refresh mode; and operating the aircontroller in the refresh mode until the humidity level reaches apredetermined value. Controlling the air controller in a refresh modemay include controlling the reversible fan to draw air from the airdistribution layer for the predetermined period of time. Controlling theair controller in a refresh mode may include controlling the reversiblefan to supply air to the air distribution layer for the predeterminedperiod of time. The method may include flowing air through a HEPA filterduring the refresh mode. The method may include applying aromatherapy tocirculated air during the refresh mode. The method may include applyingessential oils to air circulated into the mattress during the refreshmode. The mattress may include no materials treated with antimicrobialchemicals and the refresh mode may be automatically operated regularlyat intervals configured to reduce microbial growth.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method of operating amattress air controller. The method may include determining that a useris in bed; operating the mattress air controller to heat or cool theuser while the user is determined to be in bed; determining that theuser is not in bed; and operating the mattress air controller in arefresh mode to refresh air in the mattress while the user is determinedto be not in bed.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed system including amattress and a mattress air controller. The mattress air controller mayinclude a fan, one or more processors, and a computer-readable storagemedium coupled to the one or more processors and having instructionsstored thereon which, when executed by the one or more processors, causethe one or more processors to perform operations including: operatingthe mattress air controller in a conditioning mode whereby the fan isoperated to move air at a top of the mattress to heat or cool the user;and operating the mattress air controller in a refresh mode whereby thefan is operated to move air at the top of the mattress to refresh themattress.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The operations may include determining thatthe user is in bed. The mattress air controller may be operated in theconditioning mode while the user is determined to be in bed; anddetermining that the user is not in bed. The mattress air controller maybe operated in the refresh mode while the user is determined to be notin bed. The mattress air controller may include a heater. The heater maybe operated in the conditioning mode and the heater is not operated inthe refresh mode.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method of controllinga microclimate of a mattress. The method may include determining a sleepcycle of a subject on the mattress; determining a mode from a pluralityof modes based on the sleep cycle; and controlling the air controller inthe determined mode. The plurality of modes may include a cooling modein which an air controller is operated to cause ambient air to flow froman airflow insert pad of the mattress, and a heating mode in which theair controller is operated to cause heated air to flow to the airflowinsert pad of the mattress.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The air controller may operate in a firstmode in response to one or more processors determining that a user is instage N1. The air controller may operate in a second mode in response tothe one or more processors determining that the user is in stage N2. Theair controller may operate in a third mode in response to the one ormore processors determining that the user is in stage N3. The aircontroller may operate in a fourth mode in response to the one or moreprocessors determining that the user is in REM sleep.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method of controllinga microclimate of a mattress. The method may include determining a sleepcycle of a subject on the mattress; determining a mode from a pluralityof modes based on the sleep cycle; and controlling the air controller inthe determined mode. The plurality of modes may include a cooling modein which an air controller is operated to draw air from a top of themattress, and a heating mode in which the air controller is operated toblow heated air to a top of the mattress.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The air controller may operate in a firstmode in response to one or more processors determining that a user is instage N1. The air controller may operate in a second mode in response tothe one or more processors determining that the user is in stage N2. Theair controller may operate in a third mode in response to the one ormore processors determining that the user is in stage N3. The aircontroller may operate in a fourth mode in response to the one or moreprocessors determining that the user is in REM sleep. The air controllermay be configured to draw air from the top of the mattress during afirst determined sleep stage and the air controller may be configured toblow air to the top of the mattress during a second determined sleepstage.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method of controllinga microclimate of a mattress. The method may include determining a timeperiod of expected user sleep; sensing whether a user is present on themattress; in response to sensing presence during the time period ofexpected user sleep, flowing air through the mattress in a firstoperation mode to control microclimate of the mattress while the user ison the mattress; in response to sensing that the user exited themattress during the time period of expected user sleep, flowing airthrough the mattress in a second operation mode that is different thanthe first operation mode; and in response to sensing that the userreturned to the mattress during the time period of expected user sleep,resuming the first operation mode.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The mattress may include one or more airdistribution layers and one or more air controllers fluidly connected tothe one or more air distribution layers. The mattress may include amattress core having one or more air chambers. The method may includeadjusting air pressure on the one or more air chambers during the secondoperation mode. A fan of an air controller may be operated during boththe first operation mode and the second operation mode. The fan may beoperated at a different speed in the first operation mode than in thesecond operation mode. A heater of an air controller may be operatedduring both the first operation mode and the second operation mode, andthe heater may be operated differently in the first operation mode thanin the second operation mode. A heater of an air controller may beoperated during the first operation mode and not during the secondoperation mode.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method of controllinga microclimate of a mattress. The method may include sensing whether auser is present on the mattress; determining that a user is exited themattress during a predetermined time period; and, upon determining thatthe user exited the mattress during the predetermined time period,initiating activation of an air controller to draw air from an air layerof the mattress to increase distribution of air through a foam layerabove the air layer and decrease a temperature at the foam layer.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The method may include, upon determining theuser returns onto the mattress, deactivating the air controller. Themethod may include, upon determining the user returns the mattress,activating the air controller in a mode of operation that was performedbefore the user exited the mattress. The method may include, prior todetermining the user exited the mattress, detecting that the user is onthe mattress during the predetermined time period. The predeterminedtime may range from midnight to 6 AM.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed system including amattress, an air controller, a sensor subsystem, and a controlsubsystem. The mattress has a foam layer and an air layer disposed underthe foam layer. The air controller may be configured to cause air toflow through the air layer. The sensor subsystem may be configured tosense whether a user is present on the mattress. The control subsystemmay be configured to determine that a user exited the mattress during apredetermined time period; and, upon determining that the user exitedthe mattress during the predetermined time period, initiate activationof the air controller to draw air from the air layer of the mattress toincrease distribution of air through the foam layer above the air layerand decrease a temperature at the foam layer.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The control subsystem may be configured to,upon determining the user returns the mattress, activate the aircontroller in a mode of operation that was performed before the userexited the mattress. The control subsystem may be configured to, priorto determining the user exited the mattress, detect that the user is onthe mattress during the predetermined time period.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress systemincluding a mattress having a first climate control zone and a secondclimate control zone, one or more air controllers in fluid communicationwith the first and second climate control zones, one or more processors,and a computer-readable storage medium coupled to the one or moreprocessors having instructions stored thereon which, when executed bythe one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to performoperations. The operations may include receiving a command to supply airto the first climate control zone that is heated; and, in response toreceiving the command, commanding the one or more air controllers tosupply heated air to the first climate control zone and to supplyambient air to the second climate control zone. A flow rate of ambientair to the second climate control zone may be configured to reduce anamount of heat transferred from the first climate control zone to thesecond climate control zone.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The processor may command the one or more aircontrollers to supply ambient air to the second climate control zonewithout receiving any user request to supply air to the second climatecontrol zone. The operations may include, in response to sensing auser's presence on the second climate control zone, commanding the oneor more controllers to stop supplying ambient air to the second climatecontrol zone. The operations may include, in response to sensing auser's presence on the second climate control zone, commanding the oneor more controllers to reduce supply of ambient air to the secondclimate control zone. The operations may include, in response to sensinga user's presence on the second climate control zone, commanding the oneor more controllers to stop supplying heated air to the first climatecontrol zone and to stop supplying ambient air to the second climatecontrol zone. The operations may include, in response to sensing auser's presence on the second climate control zone, commanding the oneor more controllers to reduce supply of heated air to the first climatecontrol zone and to reduce supply of ambient air to the second climatecontrol zone. The operations may include, in response to sensing auser's presence on the first climate control zone, commanding the one ormore controllers to stop supplying heated air to the first climatecontrol zone and to stop supplying ambient air to the second climatecontrol zone. The operations may include, in response to sensing auser's presence on the first climate control zone, commanding the one ormore controllers to reduce supply of heated air to the first climatecontrol zone and to reduce supply of ambient air to the second climatecontrol zone. The flow rate of ambient air to the second climate controlzone may be substantially less than a flow rate of heated air to thefirst climate control zone.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress systemincluding a mattress, one or more air controllers, one or moreprocessors, and a computer-readable storage medium. The mattress mayhave a first climate control zone, a second climate control zone, athird climate control zone, and a fourth climate control zone. The oneor more air controllers may be in fluid communication with each of thefirst, second, third, and fourth climate control zones and configured toindependently supply air to or draw air from each of the first, second,third, and fourth climate control zones. The computer-readable storagemedium may be coupled to the one or more processors having instructionsstored thereon which, when executed by the one or more processors, causethe one or more processors to perform operations. The operations mayinclude commanding the one or more air controllers to operate in a firstmode whereby heated or cooled air is supplied to the first zone whileair is simultaneously drawn from the second zone; and commanding the oneor more air controllers to operate in a second mode whereby heated orcooled air is supplied to the third zone while air is simultaneouslydrawn from the fourth zone.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The operations may include commanding the oneor more air controllers to operate in a third mode whereby heated air issupplied to the first and third zones while air is simultaneously drawnfrom the second and fourth zones; and commanding the one or more aircontrollers to operate in a fourth mode whereby heated air is suppliedto the first zone, cooled air is supplied to the third zone, and air issimultaneously drawn from the second and fourth zones. The first andsecond zones may be on a first side of the mattress for supporting afirst user and the third and fourth zones are on a second side of themattress for supporting a second user.

Particular embodiments described herein include a climate-controlledmattress system including a mattress core configured to support a user,an air distribution layer configured to facilitate air flow for climatecontrol of a mattress top surface, an air hose, an air controllerfluidly connected to the air distribution layer via the air hose, and amattress cover that encloses the mattress core, the air distributionlayer, and at least part of the air hose. The mattress cover may includea top surface, a bottom surface, and side surfaces. At least a portionof the mattress cover may include fabric with thread having a first heatcapacity that is relatively low. The top surface of the mattress covermay include stitching via a stitching material having a second heatcapacity that is relatively high as compared to the first heat capacity.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The stitching material may includepolypropylene. The stitching material may include nylon.

Particular embodiments described herein include a climate-controlledmattress system including a mattress core configured to support a user,an air distribution layer, an air hose, an air controller, and a gellayer. The air distribution layer may be configured to facilitate airflow for climate control of a mattress top surface. The air distributionlayer may have a first heat capacity. The air controller may be fluidlyconnected to the air distribution layer via the air hose. The gel layermay be positioned proximate the mattress top surface and have a secondheat capacity. The second heat capacity may be substantially higher thanthe first heat capacity.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The climate-controlled mattress system mayinclude a foam layer positioned above the air distribution layer andunder the gel layer. The foam layer may have a third heat capacity thatis less than the second heat capacity of the gel layer.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress systemincluding a mattress cover layer, a foam layer, an airflow insert, andan air controller. The mattress cover layer may include a surface withstitches formed of a material having a first heat capacity. The foamlayer has a top surface and an opposite bottom surface. The top surfacemay be covered by the mattress cover. The foam layer may be configuredto permit a first airflow rate. The foam layer may be formed of amaterial having a second heat capacity that is less than the first heatcapacity. The airflow insert pad may be arranged under the bottomsurface of the first foam layer, and configured to permit a secondairflow rate being higher than the first airflow. The air controller maybe configured to draw air from the airflow insert pad to increasedistribution of air through the first foam layer and decrease atemperature at the top surface of the first foam layer.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The stitches may be made with polypropylenethreads or nylon threads. The mattress cover layer may include a layerof material having a heat capacity greater than a threshold value. Thelayer of material may include a gel.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed including amattress. The mattress may include an inflatable air chamber, an airdistribution layer positioned above the inflatable air chamber, a foamlayer positioned above the air distribution layer and proximate a top ofthe mattress, a first air hose, and a second air hose. The foam layerand the air distribution layer may be both configured to allow airflowtherethrough. The air distribution layer may resist air flow less thanthe foam layer. The first air hose may be connected to the inflatableair chamber for inflating the inflatable air chamber. The second airhose may be connected to the air distribution layer for moving airthrough the air distribution layer. The second air hose may extend froma location that is lower than the inflatable air chamber, around a firstside of the inflatable air chamber, to the air distribution layer abovethe inflatable air chamber.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The mattress may include a mattress cover,and the first and second air hoses may enter the mattress through acommon hole in the mattress cover. The inflatable air chamber mayinclude a first inflatable air chamber, and the air distribution layermay include first and second air distribution zones. The firstinflatable air chamber may be positioned under the first airdistribution zone. The mattress may include a second inflatable airchamber positioned under the second air distribution zone. The mattressmay include an insulator positioned between the first air chamber andthe second air chamber to reduce heat transfer between the first airchamber and the second air chamber. The mattress may include aninsulator positioned between the first and second air chambers and alsobetween the first and second air distribution layers to reduce heattransfer between left and right sides of the mattress. The mattress mayinclude a third air hose connected to the second inflatable air chamberfor inflating the second inflatable air chamber; and a fourth air hoseconnected to the second air distribution layer for moving air throughthe second air distribution layer. The fourth air hose may extend from asecond location that is lower than the second inflatable air chamber,around a second side of the second inflatable air chamber, to the secondair distribution layer above the second inflatable air chamber. Themattress may include a mattress cover, and the first and second airhoses may enter the mattress through a first common hole in the mattresscover and the third and fourth air hoses may enter the mattress througha second common hole in the mattress cover. The mattress may include afirst rail and a second rail. The first rail may be positioned on thefirst side of the first inflatable air chamber. The first rail maydefine a first hose passage, and the first and second hoses may enterthe mattress proximate the first hose passage. The second rail may bepositioned on the second side of the second inflatable air chamber. Thesecond rail may define a second hose passage, and the third and fourthhoses may enter the mattress proximate the second hose passage. The bedmay include a foundation, a pump assembly, and an air controller. Thefoundation has a support platform configured for supporting the mattressand includes a first foundation opening extending through the supportplatform and configured to receive the first and second air hoses. Thepump assembly may be fluidly connected to an end hose end of the firstair hose and configured to supply fluid to the inflatable air chamber.The pump assembly may be positioned in the foundation. The aircontroller may be fluidly connected to the second air hose andconfigured to move air through the air distribution layer. The aircontroller may be positioned in the foundation.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed that includes amattress, a foundation, a pump assembly, and an air controller. Themattress may include a foam layer configured to permit a first airflowrate; an inflatable chamber arranged under the foam layer; a hose havingfirst and second hose ends, the first hose end fluidly connected to theinflatable chamber; a foam rail structure including top, bottom, andopposite side form rails extending between the top and bottom foamrails, and configured to surround the inflatable chamber; an airflowinsert pad arranged under the foam layer and configured to permit asecond airflow rate being higher than the first airflow; and an air ducthaving first and second duct ends, the first duct end being fluidlyconnected to the airflow insert pad. The foundation may support themattress and include a duct opening configured to mate with the secondduct end of the air duct. The pump assembly may be fluidly connected tothe second hose end of the hose and configured to supply fluid to thechamber. The air controller may be fluidly connected to the duct openingand configured to draw air from the airflow insert pad through the airduct to increase distribution of air through the foam layer and decreasea temperature at a top surface of the foam layer.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The hose may be at least partially routedadjacent the air duct. The airflow insert pad may include a pad cover,and the air duct may be fastened to the pad cover at the first duct endto fluidly connect the air duct with the airflow insert pad. The airduct may be stitched to the pad cover at the first duct end. The airduct may extend from the airflow insert pad is routed around thechamber. The bed may include a duct connector including a base fixed toa top surface of the foundation, and a rib extending from the base awayfrom the top surface of the foundation. The rib may be configured to beinserted into the air duct and maintain a width of at least the secondduct end of the air duct against the hose running adjacent the air duct,when the second duct end of the air duct is connected to the ductconnector. The foam rail structure may include a notch configured to atleast partially receive the air duct extending from the airflow insertpad and around the chamber.

Particular embodiments described herein include a mattress including amattress core, an air distribution layer, an air hose, and a mattresscover. The mattress core may be configured to support a user. The airdistribution layer may be configured to facilitate air flow for climatecontrol of a mattress top surface. The air distribution layer may bepositioned above the mattress core. The air hose may be connected to theair distribution layer. The mattress cover has a mattress cover topsurface. The mattress cover top surface may include a fabric configuredto allow flow of air between the air distribution layer and a spaceabove the mattress top and to resist flow of liquid water into themattress when the liquid water is positioned on top of the mattresscover top surface.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The fabric may substantially prevent flow ofliquid water into the mattress at atmospheric pressure. The fabric maycompletely prevent flow of liquid water into the mattress at atmosphericpressure. The mattress cover may have a plurality of mattress cover sidesurfaces that each may include one or more second fabrics configured toallow flow of air and flow of water through the one or more secondfabrics. The fabric on the mattress cover top surface may besignificantly more liquid resistant than the one or more second fabricson the mattress cover side surfaces. The fabric on the mattress covertop surface may be water resistant enough to prevent user perspirationfrom flowing through the fabric into the air distribution layer when airis blown from the air distribution layer through the fabric. The fabricon the mattress cover top surface may be water resistant enough toprevent user perspiration from flowing through the fabric into the airdistribution layer when air is drawn from above the fabric into the airdistribution layer.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed system having amattress. The bed system may include a first air system, a second airsystem, and a controller. The first air system may be configured forcontrolling pressure of a first air chamber of the mattress. The secondair system may be configured for conditioning air at a top of themattress. The controller has one or more processors and acomputer-readable storage medium coupled to the one or more processorshaving instructions stored thereon which, when executed by the one ormore processors, cause the one or more processors to perform operations.The operations may include operating the second air system as a functionof data from the first air system.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The first air system may include a pressuresensor in fluid communication with the first air chamber and configuredto sense air pressure. The data may include the air pressure sensed bythe pressure sensor of the first air system. The second air system mayinclude a fan, a heater, and an air distribution layer positioned abovethe first air chamber. The second air system may include a heater, andthe heater may be operated as a function of pressure data sensed by thefirst air system. The operations may include receiving a user input fora desired pressure setpoint of the first air chamber; and operating thefirst air system to achieve the desired pressure setpoint. Operating thesecond air system as a function of data from the first air system mayinclude operating the second air system to maintain pressure of thefirst air chamber to a pressure that is near the desired pressuresetpoint. Operating the second air system as a function of data from thefirst air system may include operating the second air system to maintainpressure of the first air chamber to a pressure that is near a desiredpressure setpoint. Operating the second air system as a function of datafrom the first air system may include operating the second air system tomaintain pressure of the first air chamber to a pressure that is withina tolerance range of a desired pressure setpoint. Operating the secondair system as a function of data from the first air system may includestopping operation of a heater in response to determining that pressurein the first air chamber is at or has exceeded a threshold. The mattressmay include a first layer above the first air chamber, an airdistribution layer comprising Qshion™ material above the first layer, asecond layer above the air distribution layer, a mattress coverenclosing the first air chamber, the first and second layers, and theair distribution layer, an air hose connected to the first air chamber,and an air duct connected to the air distribution layer. The operationsmay include determining a desired pressure setpoint and a pressurelimit. Operating the second air system as a function of data from thefirst air system may include operating at least one of a heater and afan intermittently in a manner configured to avoid exceeding thepressure limit.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method includingsensing pressure of an air chamber of a mattress; and controllingoperation of an air system as a function of the pressure of the airchamber. The air system may include an air mover fluidically connectedto an air layer that is positioned external to and above the airchamber.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The air system may include a fan and aheater, and the heater may be operated as the function of the pressureof the air chamber. The air chamber may be a first air chamber, and theair system may be a first air system. The method may include controllingoperation of a second air system as a function of the pressure of thefirst air chamber. The air chamber may be a first air chamber, and theair system may be a first air system. The method may include receiving auser input for a desired pressure setpoint of the first air chamber;operating the first air system to achieve the desired pressure setpoint;and operating a second air system to maintain pressure of the first airchamber to a pressure that is near the desired pressure setpoint. Theair chamber may be a first air chamber, and the air system may be afirst air system. The method may include receiving a user input for adesired pressure setpoint of the first air chamber; operating the firstair system to achieve the desired pressure setpoint; and operating thesecond air system to maintain pressure of the first air chamber to apressure that is within a tolerance range of a desired pressuresetpoint.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed system having amattress. The bed system may include a first air system configured forcontrolling pressure of a first air chamber of the mattress; a secondair system configured for conditioning air at a top of the mattress; anda controller having one or more processors and a computer-readablestorage medium coupled to the one or more processors having instructionsstored thereon which, when executed by the one or more processors, causethe one or more processors to perform operations. The operations mayinclude monitoring a temperature of air supplied from the second airsystem; detecting presence of a user on the mattress; and generating asignal usable by the second air system to change the temperature of airsupplied from the second air system by an offset value. The offset valuemay be configured to achieve no or limited deviation from a set point ofthe pressure of the first air chamber of the mattress.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. Detecting presence of a user on the mattressmay include monitoring a pressure of the first air chamber of themattress; and detecting a change in the pressure of the first airchamber.

Particular embodiments described herein include a method includingmonitoring a temperature of air supplied from the second air system;detecting presence of a user on the mattress; and changing thetemperature of air supplied from the second air system by an offsetvalue. The offset value may be configured to achieve no or limiteddeviation from a set point of the pressure of the first air chamber ofthe mattress.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. Changing the temperature of air may includechanging the temperature of air by the offset value in a single step.Changing the temperature of air may include changing the temperature ofair by the offset value in multiple steps. Changing the temperature ofair may include changing the temperature of air by the offset valuegradually.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed system having amattress. The bed system may include a first air system configured forcontrolling pressure of a first air chamber of the mattress; a secondair system configured for conditioning air at a top of the mattress; anda controller having one or more processors and a computer-readablestorage medium coupled to the one or more processors having instructionsstored thereon which, when executed by the one or more processors, causethe one or more processors to perform operations. The operations mayinclude detecting presence of a user on the mattress; determining anexpected temperature offset relating to user presence; when the user isnot detected on the mattress, operating the second air system in a firstmode to control temperature at the top of the mattress; and when theuser is detected on the mattress, operating the second air system in asecond mode to control temperature at the top of the mattress. Thesecond mode may differ from the first mode at least because the secondmode is adjusted according to the expected temperature offset relatingto user presence.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The first air system may include a pressuresensor in fluid communication with the first air chamber and configuredto sense air pressure. The presence of the user may be detected by thepressure sensor of the first air system. The second air system mayinclude a fan, a heater, and an air distribution layer positioned abovethe first air chamber. The second air system may include a heater, andthe heater may be operated less in the second mode than in the firstmode as a function of the expected temperature offset relating to userpresence. The second air system may include a fan, and the fan may beoperated less in the second mode than in the first mode as a function ofthe expected temperature offset relating to user presence. The mattressmay include a first layer above the first air chamber, an airdistribution layer comprising Qshion™ material above the first layer, asecond layer above the air distribution layer, a mattress coverenclosing the first air chamber, the first and second layers, and theair distribution layer, an air hose connected to the first air chamber,and an air duct connected to the air distribution layer. The operationsmay include determining a desired pressure setpoint and a pressurelimit. Operating the second air system in the second mode may includeoperating at least one of a heater and a fan in a manner configured toavoid exceeding the pressure limit while considering the expectedtemperature offset relating to user presence. The second air system mayinclude a fan, and the fan may be operated more in the second mode thanin the first mode as a function of the expected temperature offsetrelating to user presence. The operations may include determining adesired pressure setpoint and a pressure limit. Operating the second airsystem in the second mode may include adjusting an intermittentoperation frequency or duration of at least one of a heater and a fan asa function of the expected temperature offset relating to user presence.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed system having amattress. The bed system may include a first system configured toconsume power; a second air system configured for conditioning air at atop of the mattress; and a controller having one or more processors anda computer-readable storage medium coupled to the one or more processorshaving instructions stored thereon which, when executed by the one ormore processors, cause the one or more processors to perform operations.The operations may include monitoring power consumption by the secondair system; calculating energy costs by the second air system; anddisplaying the power consumption and the energy costs of the second airsystem.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. Monitoring power consumption may includedetecting voltage and/or current used in the second air system; andcalculating the power consumption based on the voltage and/or currentdetected. The operations may include monitoring power consumption by thefirst system; calculating energy costs by the first system; anddisplaying the power consumption and the energy costs of the firstsystem. The first system may be a first air system for controlling airpressure of a first air chamber of the mattress. The bed system mayinclude a third bed articulation control system. The operations mayinclude monitoring power consumption by the third bed articulationcontrol system; calculating energy costs by the third bed articulationcontrol system; and displaying the power consumption and the energycosts of the third bed articulation control system. The operations mayinclude displaying the power consumption and the energy costs of the bedsystem. The operations may include receiving information regarding thecost of energy from a utility provider, wherein the energy costs arecalculated as a function of the cost of energy.

Particular embodiments described herein include a bed system having amattress. The bed system may include an air system configured forconditioning air at a top of the mattress, and a controller having oneor more processors and a computer-readable storage medium coupled to theone or more processors having instructions stored thereon which, whenexecuted by the one or more processors, cause the one or more processorsto perform operations. The operations may include monitoring powerconsumption by the air system; controlling the air system as a functionof the power consumption; and displaying an indication of the powerconsumption.

In some implementations, the system can optionally include one or moreof the following features. The air system may be controlled as afunction of the power consumption to prevent causing fire. Theoperations may include sending a power consumption signal over theinternet that indicates the power consumption of the air system. Theindication of power consumption may include a total cost of energyconsumed during a single sleep session. The total cost of energyconsumed during the single sleep session may be calculated as a functionof the power consumption for the single sleep session and cost ofenergy. The operations may include displaying an indication of costsavings by using the air system in lieu of using a second system. Thesecond system may be a whole home system configured for at least heatingor air conditioning. The operations may include sending a signal to asecond system to control the second system as a function of the powerconsumption by the air system.

The devices, systems, and techniques described herein may provide one ormore of the following advantages. Some embodiments described hereininclude an airflow pad system that is used with a bed for deliveringambient and/or conditioned (heated or cooled) air to the bed, orsuctioning air from the bed, to control the temperature of a user lyingon the bed. The airflow pad system can include one or more features thathelp increase air flow through an airflow insert pad disposed in thebed, thereby improving user comfort while potentially using less energy.Other advantages of the systems, methods, and techniques are furtherdescribed herein.

The details of one or more implementations are set forth in theaccompanying drawings and the description below. Other features andadvantages will be apparent from the description and drawings, and fromthe claims.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 illustrates an example bed system for providing a quality sleepexperience with an example local bed system.

FIG. 2 is a bottom perspective view of the mattress system, illustratingthe mattress system upside down.

FIG. 3 is a partial exploded view of the mattress system of FIG. 2 .

FIG. 4 is a partial exploded view of the mattress system of FIG. 2 ,illustrating an example top layer and an example intermediate layer.

FIG. 5 is a partial exploded view of the mattress system of FIG. 2 ,illustrating the top layer, the intermediate layer, and an exampleairflow layer.

FIG. 6 is a partial exploded view of the mattress system of FIG. 2 ,illustrating the top layer, the intermediate layer, an example railstructure, and an example airflow pad assembly.

FIG. 7 is a partial exploded view of the mattress system of FIG. 2 froma different angel.

FIG. 8A is a cross sectional view of the top layer, the intermediatelayer, the rail structure, the air chamber, the airflow layer, and anexample bottom layer of the mattress system, taken along line A-A inFIG. 2 .

FIG. 8B is a cross sectional view of the top layer, the intermediatelayer, the rail structure, and the airflow layer of the mattress system,taken along line B-B in FIG. 2 .

FIG. 9 is a bottom partial view of the mattress of FIG. 2 .

FIG. 10 illustrates a cutaway view of an example mattress system.

FIGS. 11A-C are perspective views of an example airflow pad assemblythat is used with a mattress system.

FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the airflow pad assembly of FIG. 11 .

FIG. 13 illustrates an example airflow material and an example pad coverof the airflow pad.

FIG. 14 illustrates a bottom perspective view of an example mattresssystem with a set of reinforcement straps attached in place.

FIG. 15 illustrates a bottom perspective view of the mattress systemwith the reinforcement straps removed.

FIG. 16 illustrates an alternative configuration of the reinforcementstraps.

FIGS. 17A and 17B illustrate an example connection interface forconnecting a mattress with a foundation.

FIGS. 18A-B illustrate an example configuration of the connectioninterface, and an example process of connecting the mattress with thefoundation.

FIG. 19 illustrates an example foundation of the bed system.

FIGS. 20A-C illustrate an example mattress coupling assembly.

FIG. 20D illustrates another example mattress coupling assembly.

FIG. 21 is a perspective view of an example air controller that is usedwith a mattress system.

FIGS. 22A-B illustrate example components in the air controller.

FIG. 23 is a diagram of an example control of the air controller.

FIG. 24 illustrates an example heating element and associated componentsin the air controller.

FIG. 25 illustrates an example mechanism for mounting a fan assembly inthe air controller.

FIG. 26 illustrates an example configuration of an opening of the aircontroller.

FIG. 27 is a perspective view of an example bed having an example footwarming system.

FIG. 28 is a schematic end view of the mattress and the foot warmingsystem.

FIG. 29 is a schematic side view of the mattress and the foot warmingsystem.

FIG. 30 is a top view of components of the foot warming system.

FIG. 31 illustrates example mattress surface treatments for improvingclimate control of a mattress top surface.

FIG. 32 schematically illustrates an example water resistant layer thatcan be used with a mattress.

FIG. 33 is a block diagram of an example of various components of a bedsystem.

FIG. 34 is a block diagram of an example air chamber control system thatcan be associated with a bed system.

FIG. 35 is a block diagram of an example bed articulation control systemthat can be associated with a bed system.

FIG. 36 is a block diagram of an example foot warming control systemthat can be associated with a bed system.

FIG. 37 is a block diagram of an example airflow pad control system thatcan be associated with a bed system.

FIG. 38 illustrates an example environment including a bed incommunication with devices located in and around a home.

FIG. 39A illustrates an example method for operating an airflow padcontroller to control a microclimate of the mattress.

FIG. 39B illustrates another example method for operating the airflowpad controller to control a microclimate of the mattress.

FIG. 39C illustrates yet another example method for operating theairflow pad controller to control a microclimate of the mattress.

FIG. 40 illustrates example modes of operation that can be performedusing the airflow pad control system.

FIG. 41 illustrates an example ambient air circulation mode.

FIG. 42 illustrates an example cooled air supply mode.

FIG. 43 illustrates an example heated air supply mode.

FIG. 44 illustrates an example cleaning mode of the airflow pad controlsystem.

FIG. 45A is a flowchart of an example process for performing a refreshmode of the airflow pad control system.

FIG. 45B is a flowchart of another example process for performing therefresh mode of the airflow pad control system.

FIG. 46 illustrates an example process for performing a preparation modeof the airflow pad control system.

FIG. 47 illustrates an example process for controlling a microclimate ofa mattress based on a sleep cycle.

FIG. 48 illustrates an example microclimate control system with multipleclimate control zones.

FIG. 49 illustrates an example method of controlling a microclimate of abed using an air chamber pressure.

FIG. 50 is a flowchart of an example method for controlling amicroclimate of a bed using an air chamber pressure.

FIG. 51 is a flowchart of an example method for controlling amicroclimate of a bed using an air chamber pressure.

FIG. 52 is a flowchart of an example method for controlling amicroclimate of a bed using an air chamber pressure.

FIG. 53 illustrates an example method of controlling a microclimate of abed to compensate thermal effects of a user resting on the bed.

FIG. 54 is a block diagram of an example bed system with an integratedpower monitor capability.

FIG. 55 is a block diagram of computing devices that may be used toimplement the systems and methods described in this document.

FIGS. 56A-D illustrate an example air duct.

FIGS. 57A-B illustrate an example piece that can be attached to a railto keep an air duct securely in place.

FIGS. 58A-C illustrate an example mattress system.

FIGS. 59A-C illustrate an alternative example of air duct connection.

FIGS. 60A-C illustrate an alternative example of fan assembly.

FIG. 61 illustrates an example mattress layer that is treated with a gelmaterial.

FIG. 62 illustrates an example interconnection between airflow pads.

FIG. 63 illustrates the interconnection between the airflow pads of FIG.62 .

FIG. 64 illustrates an example airflow pad assembly.

FIG. 65 illustrates another example of a connection portion of afoundation for connecting a connection portion of a mattress.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS Overview of BedStructure with Airflow Pads

FIG. 1 illustrates an example bed system 100 for providing a qualitysleep experience with an example local bed system 101. The local bedsystem 101 can include a bed 102 and a bed control system 110 used inconjunction with the bed 102 and configured to control one or more usercomfort features of the bed 102.

The bed 102 can include a mattress 104 and a foundation 106. In someembodiments, the mattress 104 can be an air mattress having aninflatable air chamber and a controller for controlling inflation of theinflatable air chamber. In other embodiments, the mattress 104 does notinclude an air chamber. For example, the mattress 104 may include foamand/or springs instead of or in addition to an inflatable air chamber.The mattress 104 can be sized and shaped as a twin mattress, fullmattress, queen mattress, king mattress, California king mattress, splitking mattresses, partially split mattress (e.g. a mattress that is splitat the head and/or foot ends and joined in the middle), and/or othermattress as suitable for the application. The foundation 106 ispositioned under the mattress 104 to support the mattress 104. In someembodiments, the foundation 106 can be an adjustable foundation with oneor more articulable sections, such as for raising the head and foot ofthe foundation 106 and the mattress 104. In other embodiments, thefoundation 106 can be a stationary foundation.

The bed 102 can be configured to provide a microclimate control of themattress 104. In some implementations, the bed 102 provides a footwarming function. For example, the bed 102 can include a foot warmingdevice 120 which is disposed on the mattress 104 or incorporated in themattress 104 and at a foot side of the bed 102. The foot warming device120 can be disposed on a top of the mattress 104, included in themattress 104, or disposed at other locations of the bed 102 and/or inother configurations. The foot warming device 120 can include anelectronic heating element in some implementations. The foot warmingdevice 120 can include an air circulation element through which heatingair is circulated in other implementations. Other configurations arealso possible.

In addition or alternatively, the bed 102 can be configured to provide abody cooling/heating function. For example, the bed 102 can include anairflow insert pad 122 that can be included in the mattress 104 andconfigured to circulate ambient or conditioned air through the mattressunder the user at rest. The airflow insert pad 122 can be arranged atvarious locations in the mattress 104. In the illustrated example, theairflow insert pad 122 is disposed between the head and foot of themattress 104 (e.g., in the middle of the mattress).

The bed control system 110 operates to control features available forthe bed 102. In some implementations, the bed control system 110includes a bed articulation system 112, an air chamber control system114, a foot warming control system 116, and an airflow insert padcontrol system 118.

The bed articulation system 112 operates to articulate the foundation106 and/or the mattress 104. For example, the bed articulation system112 can adjust one or more articulable sections of the foundation 106 toraise the head and foot of the foundation 106 and/or the mattress 104.The bed articulation system 112 can include a controller and an actuator(e.g., a motor) operated by the controller and coupled to thearticulable sections of the foundation 106 so that the sections of thefoundation 106 are automatically adjusted to desired positions.Alternatively or in addition, the articulable sections of the foundation106 can be manually adjusted.

The air chamber control system 114 operates to control the air chamberof the mattress 104. The air chamber control system 114 can include acontroller and an actuator (e.g., a pump) operated by the controller andfluidly connected to the air chamber. The actuator is controlled toinflate or deflate the air chamber to provide and maintain a desiredpressure in the air chamber, thereby providing a desired firmness of theair chamber.

The foot warming control system 116 operates to control the foot warmingdevice 120 disposed in the mattress 104. The foot warming control system116 can include a controller configured to activate a heating element ofthe foot warming device 120 and maintain a desired temperature of theheating element.

The airflow insert pad control system 118 operates to control theairflow insert pad 122 disposed in the mattress 104. The airflow insertpad control system 118 can include an air controller configured to causeambient or conditioned air to flow into or out of the airflow insert pad122 so that a top layer of the mattress above or adjacent the airflowinsert pad 122 have a desired temperature and/or humidity.

In some implementations, the bed articulation system 112, the airchamber control system 114, the foot warming control system 116, and theairflow insert pad control system 118 can be independently configuredand operated. In other implementations, some or all of the bedarticulation system 112, the air chamber control system 114, the footwarming control system 116, and the airflow insert pad control system118 are at least partially combined so that they share at least part oftheir components such as actuators (e.g., motors, pumps, etc.) and/orcontrollers (e.g., control circuits, processors, memory, networkinterfaces, etc.).

The bed control system 110 can be accessed by a user via one or morecontrol devices 130, such as a bed-side controller 132 and a mobilecomputing device 134. The bed-side controller 132 is wired to, orwirelessly connected to, the bed control system 110 to enable the userto at least partially control the bed control system 110. The bed-sidecontroller 132 includes an input device (e.g., a keypad, buttons,switches, etc.) for receiving a user input of controlling varioussettings of the bed control system 110, such as articulation positions,temperature settings, air chamber pressure settings, etc. The bed-sidecontroller 132 can further include an output device (e.g., a display, aspeaker, etc.) for outputting the statuses and conditions of the bedcontrol system 110 and other information useful to the user, such asarticulation positions, temperature settings, air chamber pressuresettings, sleep analysis results, etc. The same or similarfunctionalities can be implemented with the mobile computing device 134,such as a mobile device running a dedicated software application. Forexample, the user can use a mobile device as an input device to controlvarious settings of the bed control system 110, such as articulationpositions, temperature settings, air chamber pressure settings, etc.,and further use the mobile device as an output device to see thestatuses and conditions of the bed control system 110 and other usefulinformation, such as articulation positions, temperature settings, airchamber pressure settings, sleep analysis results, etc.

Referring still to FIG. 1 , the system 100 can include a server system140 connected to the local bed system 101 and configured to provide oneor more services associated with the bed 102. The server system 140 canbe connected to the local bed system 101, such as the bed 102, the bedcontrol system 110, and/or the control devices 130, via a network 142.The server system 140 can be of various forms, such as a local serversystem with one or more computing devices dedicated to one or more beds,or a cloud server. The network 142 is an electronic communicationnetwork that facilitates communication between the local bed system 101and the server system 140. An electronic communication network is a setof computing devices and links between the computing devices. Thecomputing devices in the network use the links to enable communicationamong the computing devices in the network. The network 142 can includerouters, switches, mobile access points, bridges, hubs, intrusiondetection devices, storage devices, standalone server devices, bladeserver devices, sensors, desktop computers, firewall devices, laptopcomputers, handheld computers, mobile telephones, and other types ofcomputing devices. In various embodiments, the network 142 includesvarious types of links. For example, the network 142 includes wiredand/or wireless links. Furthermore, in various embodiments, the network142 is implemented at various scales. For example, the network 142 canbe implemented as one or more local area networks (LANs), metropolitanarea networks, subnets, wide area networks (such as the Internet), orcan be implemented at another scale.

In some implementations, the server system 140 can provide a bed dataservice that can be used in a data processing system associated with thelocal bed system 101. The server system 140 can be configured to collectsensor data and sleep data from a particular bed, and match the sensorand sleep data with one or more users that use the bed when the sensorand sleep data were generated. The sensor and sleep data, and thematching data, can be stored as bed data 150 in a database. The bed data150 can include user identification data usable to identify users ofbeds. The users can include customers, owners, or other users registeredwith the server system 140 or another service. Each user can have, forexample, a unique identifier, user credentials, contact information,billing information, demographic information, or any othertechnologically appropriate information. The bed data 150 can includemanagement data usable to identify data related to beds or otherproducts associated with data processing systems. For example, the bedscan include products sold or registered with a system associated withthe server system 140. Each bed can have, for example, a uniqueidentifier, model and/or serial number, sales information, geographicinformation, delivery information, a listing of associated sensors andcontrol peripherals, etc. Additionally, an index or indexes stored inthe bed data 150 can identify users that are associated with beds. Forexample, this index can record sales of a bed to a user, users thatsleep in a bed, etc. The bed data 150 can include sensor data thatrecord raw or condensed sensor data recorded by beds with associateddata processing systems. For example, a bed's data processing system canhave a temperature sensor, pressure sensor, and light sensor. Readingsfrom these sensors, either in raw form or in a format generated from theraw data (e.g. sleep metrics) of the sensors, can be communicated by thebed's data processing system to the server system 140 for storage in thebed data 150. Additionally, an index or indexes stored by the serversystem 140 can identify users and/or beds that are associated with thesensor data. In some implementations, the server system 140 can use anyof its available data to generate advanced sleep data. The advancedsleep data includes sleep metrics and other data generated from sensorreadings. Some of these calculations can be performed in the serversystem 140 instead of locally on the bed's data processing system, forexample, because the calculations are computationally complex or requirea large amount of memory space or processor power that is not availableon the bed's data processing system. This can help allow a bed system tooperate with a relatively simple controller and still be part of asystem that performs relatively complex tasks and computations.

In addition or alternatively, the server system 140 can provide a sleepdata service that can be used in a data processing system that can beassociated with the local bed system 101. In this example, the serversystem 140 is configured to record data related to users' sleepexperience and store the data as sleep data 152. The sleep data 152 caninclude pressure sensor data related to the configuration and operationof pressure sensors in beds. For example, the pressure sensor data caninclude an identifier of the types of sensors in a particular bed, theirsettings and calibration data, etc. The sleep data 152 can includepressure based sleep data which can be calculated based on raw pressuresensor data and represent sleep metrics specifically tied to thepressure sensor data. For example, user presence, movements, weightchange, heart rate, and breathing rate can be determined from rawpressure sensor data. Additionally, an index or indexes stored by theserver system 140 can identify users that are associated with pressuresensors, raw pressure sensor data, and/or pressure based sleep data. Thesleep data 152 can include non-pressure sleep data which can becalculated based on other sources of data and represent sleep metricsobtained from such other sources of data. For example, user enteredpreferences, light sensor readings, and sound sensor readings can all beused to track sleep data 152. Additionally, an index or indexes storedby the server system 140 can identify users that are associated withother sensors and/or non-pressure sleep data 152.

In addition or alternatively, the server system 140 can provide a useraccount service that can be used in a data processing system associatedwith the local bed system 101. For example, the server system 140 canrecord a list of users and to identify other data related to thoseusers, and store such data as user account data 154. The user accountdata 154 are related to users of beds with associated data processingsystems. For example, the users can include customers, owners, or otherusers registered with the server system 140 or another service. Eachuser can have, for example, a unique identifier, user credentials,demographic information, or any other technologically appropriateinformation. The user account data 154 can include engagement datausable to track user interactions with the manufacturer, vendor, and/ormanager of the bed and/or cloud services. This engagement data caninclude communications (e.g., emails, service calls), data from sales(e.g., sales receipts, configuration logs), and social networkinteractions. The user account data 154 can include usage history datarelated to user interactions with one or more applications and/or remotecontrols of a bed. For example, a monitoring and configurationapplication can be distributed to run on, for example, the controldevices 130. This application can log and report user interactions forstorage. Additionally, an index or indexes stored by the server system140 can identify users that are associated with each log entry.

In addition or alternatively, the server system 140 can provide anenvironment service that can be used in a data processing systemassociated with the local bed system 101. For example, the server system140 can record data related to users' home environment, and store suchdata as environment data 156. The environment data 156 can be obtainedusing one or more sensors installed in or around the bed. Such sensorscan be of various types that can detect environmental variables, such aslight sensors, noise sensors, vibration sensors, thermostats, etc. Theenvironment data 156 can include historical readings or reports fromthose sensors. By way of example, a light sensor is used to collect dataindicative of the frequency and duration of instances of increasedlighting when the user is asleep.

Referring to FIGS. 2-10 , an example mattress system 200 is described.The mattress system 200 can be used to implement the mattress 104 ofFIG. 1 .

FIG. 2 is a bottom perspective view of the mattress system 200,illustrating the mattress system 200 upside down. The mattress system200 can include a top layer (e.g., a first layer) 202, an intermediatelayer (e.g., a second layer) 204, a rail structure 206, and a bottomlayer (e.g., a third layer) 208. In some implementations, the top layer202, the intermediate layer 204 and the bottom layer 208 are arranged inorder from the top to the bottom of the mattress system 200. The railstructure 206 is arranged around a periphery of the mattress system 200and configured to at least partially surround an air chamber assembly220 (FIG. 3 ). As illustrated in FIG. 2 , the bottom layer 208 can bedisposed to be at least partially surrounded by the rail structure 206.The bottom layer 208 can be configured to close a space 210 (FIG. 3 )defined by the rail structure 206. In other implementations, the bottomlayer 208 can be configured and disposed above the rail structure 206.

FIG. 3 is a partial exploded view of the mattress system 200 of FIG. 2(disposed upside down). The mattress system 200 can include the airchamber assembly 220. In the illustrated example, the air chamberassembly 220 includes a pair of air chambers 222 disposed between thetop layer 202 and the bottom layer 208. The air chambers 222 can bearranged to be surrounded by the rail structure 206. The air chamberassembly 220 can further include a pump system 224 (FIGS. 10 and 19 )configured to inflate and/or deflate the air chambers 222.

The mattress system 200 further includes an airflow layer 230 configuredto distribute ambient or conditioned air therethrough and into the toplayer 202, and/or draw ambient or conditioned air therethrough and fromthe top layer 202. The airflow layer 230 can include one or more airflowpad assemblies 232. An example of the airflow pad assembly 232 isdescribed in more detail herein, for example with reference to FIGS.11-13 . The airflow layer can also be referred to herein as the airflowdistribution layer, air distribution layer, or other similar terms. Theairflow pad assembly can also be referred to herein as the airflow pad,the airflow insert, or other similar terms.

As depicted in FIG. 3 , the rail structure 206 can be disposed on theintermediate layer 204 to define the space 210 for at least partiallyreceiving the air chamber assembly 220. The bottom layer 208 can bedisposed at least partially within the space 210 to at least partiallycover the space 210 and the air chamber assembly 220 within the space210.

The top layer 202, the intermediate layer 204, the rail structure 206,and the bottom layer 208 can be made of various materials. For example,at least one of the top layer 202, the intermediate layer 204, the railstructure 206, and the bottom layer 208 can be made of foam, which maybe closed-cell, open-cell, or a combination thereof. Other materials,such as one or more coil springs, air chambers, spacer materials, and/orother suitable materials, can be used for at least one of the top layer202, the intermediate layer 204, the rail structure 206, and the bottomlayer 208.

FIG. 4 is a partial exploded view of the mattress system 200 of FIG. 2(disposed upside down), illustrating the top layer 202 and theintermediate layer 204. The top layer 202 has a top surface 212(opposite to a bottom surface 214) on which a user's body can be restedeither directly, or indirectly through a mattress cover and/or one ormore additional layers disposed on the top surface. The intermediatelayer 204 can be disposed opposite to the top surface 212 of the toplayer 202. For example, the top layer 202 has the bottom surface 214opposite to the top layer 212, and the intermediate layer 204 isdisposed on the bottom surface 214 of the top layer 202. Theintermediate layer 204 can be attached to the top layer 202 in variousways. For example, the intermediate layer 204 can be glued to the toplayer 202, or attached to the top layer 202 using fasteners, such ashook-and-loop fasteners (e.g., VELCRO®), zippers, clips, pins, buttons,straps, ties, snap fasteners, and other suitable types of fasteners.

In some implementations, the intermediate layer 204 provides a cutoutsection 240 configured to receive the airflow layer 230. The cutoutsection 240 is described in further detail with reference to FIGS. 5-7 .

FIG. 5 is a partial exploded view of the mattress system 200 of FIG. 2(disposed upside down), illustrating the top layer 202, the intermediatelayer 204, and the airflow layer 230. The airflow pad assemblies 232 canbe disposed in the cutout section 240 of the intermediate layer 204. Theairflow pad assemblies 232 can be enclosed in the cutout section 240 andsurrounded by the intermediate layer 204 such that the airflow padassemblies 232 are not exposed on the lateral sides of the mattresssystem 200. In other words, the airflow pad assemblies 232 are notvisible from any lateral side of the mattress system 200, and theintermediate layer 204 is instead visible from the lateral sides of themattress system 200, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 . The airflow padassemblies 232 can be attached to the bottom surface 214 of the toplayer 202 through the cutout section 240 of the intermediate layer 204.The airflow pad assemblies 232 can be attached to the bottom surface 214the top layer 202 in various ways. For example, the airflow padassemblies 232 can be glued to the bottom surface 214 of the top layer202, or attached to the bottom surface 214 of the top layer 202 usingfasteners, such as hook-and-loop fasteners (e.g., VELCRO®), zippers,clips, pins, buttons, straps, ties, snap fasteners, and other suitabletypes of fasteners.

FIGS. 6 and 7 are partial exploded views of the mattress system 200 ofFIG. 2 (disposed upside down), illustrating the top layer 202, theintermediate layer 204, the rail structure 206, and one of the airflowpad assemblies 232. As illustrated, the rail structure 206 includes oneor more notches 242, each configured to receive an air duct 234 of theairflow pad assembly 232. The notches 242 can be sized to fully receivethe air duct 234 so that the air duct 234 does not protrude from theinterior surface of the rail structure 206. For example, the notches 242can be dimensioned to receive the air duct 234 such that the air duct234 is flushed with the interior surface of the rail structure 206 ordisposed below the level of the interior surface of the rail structure206. As such, the air duct 234 being received within the notch 242 doesnot interfere with other components of the mattress system 200, such asthe air chambers 222 being received within the space 210 of the railstructure 206. The notches 242 can be arranged in locations of the railstructure 206 which correspond to the positions of the air ducts 234 ofthe airflow pad assemblies 232. In the illustrated example, the notches242 are arranged in the rail structure 206 between the head and the footof the mattress system 200, such as in the middle of the length of themattress system 200.

In alternative embodiments, the mattress system 200 does not include thetop layer 202. In this configuration, the bottom layer 208 can functionas a top layer of the mattress. Alternatively, the top layer 202 canhave different sizes (e.g., thickness) to provide different comfortlevels or for other purposes.

In some implementations, the intermediate layer 204 can be arranged inparallel to the airflow layer 230 (e.g., air distribution layer). Forexample, the intermediate layer 204 can be configured to be parallelwith the airflow pad assemblies 232 when assembled.

Airflow Mattress with Air Chamber (Feature Group #13)

Referring to FIGS. 8A, 8B, and 9 , an example arrangement of componentsof the mattress 200 is described. FIG. 8A is a cross sectional view ofthe top layer 202, the intermediate layer 204, the rail structure 206,the air chamber 222, the airflow layer 230, and the bottom layer 208 ofthe mattress system 200, taken along line A-A in FIG. 2 . In FIG. 8A, anexample mattress cover 209 is illustrated. FIG. 8B is a cross sectionalview of the top layer 202, the intermediate layer 204, the railstructure 206, and the airflow layer 230 of the mattress system 200,taken along line B-B in FIG. 2 . In FIG. 8B, the air chamber 222 isschematically illustrated with dotted lines.

As described, the mattress 200 includes the inflatable air chamber 222,the airflow layer 230 (e.g., an air distribution layer), and a foamlayer 203. The foam layer 203 can include the top layer 202. The foamlayer 203 can further include the intermediate layer 204. The airdistribution layer is positioned above the inflatable air chamber 222.The foam layer 203 is positioned above the air distribution layer andproximate a top of the mattress. As described herein, the foam layer 203and the air distribution layer (e.g., the airflow layer 230) can permitairflow therethrough. The air distribution layer resists air flow lessthan the foam layer. For example, the air distribution layer can allow ahigher airflow rate than the foam layer above the air distributionlayer. The mattress 200 further includes an air chamber hose (e.g., theair chamber hose 226) connected to the inflatable air chamber forinflating or deflating the inflatable air chamber 222. For example, oneend of the air chamber hose 226 is connected to the air chamber 222 tobe in fluid communication with the interior of the air chamber 222, andthe other end of the air chamber hose is fluidly connected to the pumpsystem (e.g., the pump system 224 as shown in FIGS. 10 and 19 ). Themattress 200 further includes an air distribution hose (e.g., the airduct 234) fluidly connected to the air distribution layer (e.g., theairflow layer 230) for moving air into, from, and through the airdistribution layer. In some implementations, in a direction from thebottom to the top, the air distribution hose extends from a locationbelow the inflatable air chamber, and is routed around a side of theinflatable air chamber and to the air distribution layer above theinflatable air chamber. In other words, in the reverse direction (fromthe top to the bottom), the air distribution hose is connected to theair distribution layer above the inflatable air chamber, and routedaround the side of the inflatable air chamber and extends to a locationbelow the lowest level of the inflatable air chamber so that the airdistribution layer extends over the lowest level of the inflatable airchamber. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 8A, the air distributionhose (e.g., the air duct 234) is connected to the air distribution layer(e.g., the airflow layer 230) above the inflatable air chamber 222, andthen routed along a side of the air chamber 222, extending up to alocation lower than the inflatable air chamber 222.

In some implementations, the mattress 200 includes the mattress cover209 that at least partially encloses the components of the mattress 200,such as the top layer 202, the intermediate layer 204, the railstructure 206, the air chamber 222, the airflow layer 230, and thebottom layer 208. The mattress cover 209 includes a common hole 211through which the air distribution hose and the air chamber hose canextend out together.

In some implementations, the mattress 200 includes a plurality ofinflatable air chambers, and the air distribution layer includes aplurality of air distribution zones or pads corresponding to theplurality of inflatable air chambers. In the illustrated examples, themattress 200 includes first and second air chambers 222A and 222B, andthe air distribution layer includes two air distribution pads 232A and232B (defining two air distribution zones) that are positioned under thefirst and second air chambers 222A and 222B, respectively, from the viewof FIG. 8A. The air chamber hose and the air distribution hose describedabove are similarly provided to each set of the inflatable air chamberand the air distribution pad.

In some implementations, the mattress 200 includes a chamber insulator250 positioned between the first and second air chambers 222A and 222Band configured to reduce heat transfer between the first and second airchambers 222A and 222B. In addition or alternatively, the mattress 200includes an air distribution insulator 260 positioned between the firstand second air distribution pads 232A and 232B and configured to reduceheat transfer between the first and second air distribution pads 232Aand 232B. The chamber insulator 250 and the air distribution insulator260 can reduce heat transfer between two different areas (e.g., left andright sides) of the mattress 200, thereby improving independenttemperature controls for different users resting on such different areasof the mattress top.

As shown in FIGS. 8B and 9 (a bottom partial view of the mattress 200),as described herein, the rail structure 206 includes the notches 242(e.g., hose passages) configured to receive and route the airdistribution hoses (e.g., the air ducts 234). For example, the notches242 are provided on the side rails of the rail structure 206. In someimplementations, the air chamber hoses (e.g., the air chamber hoses 226)can be routed within or adjacent the notches 242 along with the airdistribution hoses.

In some implementations, a foundation (e.g., the foundation 106) can beprovided to support the mattress 200. For example, the foundationprovides a support platform configured for supporting the mattress 200.The support platform can include a first foundation opening extendingthrough the support platform and configured to receive the air chamberhose and/or the air distribution hose. A pump assembly (e.g., the pumpassembly 224 as shown in FIGS. 10 and 19 ) can be fluidly connected toan end hose end of the chamber air hose and configured to supply fluid(e.g., air) to the inflatable air chamber 222. The pump assembly can bepositioned in the foundation. Further, an air controller (e.g., the aircontroller 338 as shown in FIGS. 10 and 19 ) can be fluidly connected tothe air distribution hose and configured to move air into or from theair distribution layer through the air distribution hose. The aircontroller can be positioned in the foundation. An example of thefoundation is further described herein, for example with reference toFIGS. 17A-B, 18A-B, and 19.

FIG. 10 illustrates a cutaway view of an example mattress system 300.The mattress system 300 can be used to implement the mattress system 200of FIGS. 2-9 or the mattress 104 of FIG. 1 . Similarly to the mattresssystem 200, the mattress system 300 includes a top layer 302, anintermediate layer 304, a rail structure 306, an air chamber assembly320, an airflow layer 330, and a bottom layer 308, which can beconfigured similarly to the top layer 202, the intermediate layer 204,the rail structure 206, the air chamber assembly 220, the airflow layer230, and the bottom layer 208, respectively.

Similarly to the airflow layer 230 described herein, the airflow layer330 can include an airflow pad assembly 332. The airflow pad assembly332 can include one or more airflow pads 334 and an air duct 336extending from the airflow pad 334 and fluidly connecting the airflowpad 334 with an air controller 338. The air controller 338 is configuredto move ambient or conditioned air through the airflow pad 334 andfurther through the top layer 302 to control a temperature at a topsurface 312 of the top layer 302. For example, the air controller 338can operate to draw air from the airflow pad 334 and the top layer 302through the air duct 336, thereby decreasing a temperature at the topsurface 312 of the top layer 302. Alternatively, the air controller 338can operate to supply ambient or cooling air to the airflow pad 334through the air duct 336, thereby enabling such ambient or cooling airto be distributed through the top layer 302 and decreasing a temperatureat the top surface 312 of the top layer 302. Alternatively, the aircontroller 338 can operate to supply heating air to the airflow pad 334through the air duct 336, thereby enabling such heating air to bedistributed through the top layer 302 and increasing a temperature atthe top surface 312 of the top layer 302.

In the illustrated implementations, the air chamber hoses 226 are routedat the side locations of the mattress. In alternative implementations,the air chamber hoses 226 can be routed at different locations of themattress, such as the head or foot of the mattress, or other suitablelocations of the mattress.

In the illustrated implementations, the air ducts 234 are positioned atthe side locations of the mattress. In alternative implementations, theair ducts 234 can be routed at other locations of the mattress. Forexample, at least one of the air ducts 234 can be arranged in the middleof the mattress and travel between the air chambers 222 of the mattress.

Airflow Pad (Feature Group #2)

Referring to FIGS. 11A-C, 12, and 13, an example airflow pad assembly400 is illustrated. FIGS. 11A-C are perspective views of an exampleairflow pad assembly 400 that is used with a mattress system, such asthe mattress 104, the mattress system 200, or the mattress system 300.The airflow pad assembly 400 can be used to implement the airflow padassembly 232, 332 described above.

Similarly to the airflow pad assembly 232, 332, the airflow pad assembly400 includes an airflow pad 402 and an air duct 404. The airflow pad 402is arranged under a top layer of a mattress system, such as the toplayer 202, 302 of the mattress system 200, 300. The airflow pad 402 isconfigured to permit air to flow therethrough and further through thetop layer above the airflow pad 402. In this example, the top layer ofthe mattress system can be made of foam, which may be closed-cell,open-cell, or a combination thereof, so that air can be distributedthrough the top layer. In some implementations, the airflow pad 402 isconfigured to permit an airflow rate that is higher than an airflow rateof the top layer above the airflow pad 402.

The airflow pad 402 can permit ambient or conditioned air to flowtherethrough and further through the top layer above the airflow pad 402to control a temperature at a top surface (e.g., a surface opposite tothe airflow pad 402) of the top layer. In some implementations, air canbe drawn from the airflow pad 402 and thus from the top layer above theairflow pad 402, thereby decreasing a temperature at the top surface ofthe top layer above the airflow pad 402. For example, when a user restson the top surface of the top layer in the mattress system, drawing airfrom the airflow pad 402 causes air to be further drawn from the toplayer, and thus cools both the top layer and the user's body contactingthe top layer. In other implementations, ambient or cooling air can besupplied to the airflow pad 402 and thus distributed through the toplayer above the airflow pad 402, thereby decreasing a temperature at thetop surface of the top layer above the airflow pad 402. In a similarexample where a user rests on the top surface of the top layer in themattress system, supplying ambient or cooling air to the airflow pad 402causes air to be further distributed into and throughout the top layer,and thus cools the user's body contacting the top layer. In yet otherimplementations, heating air can be supplied to the airflow pad 402 andthus distributed through the top layer above the airflow pad 402,thereby increasing a temperature at the top surface of the top layerabove the airflow pad 402. In a similar example where a user rests onthe top surface of the top layer in the mattress system, supplyingheating air to the airflow pad 402 causes air to be further distributedinto and throughout the top layer, and thus warms the user's bodycontacting the top layer.

Referring to FIG. 13 , the airflow pad 402 can include an airflowmaterial 410 and a pad cover 412 that at least partially wraps theairflow material 410. The airflow material 410 can be a material that isdifferent from the material of the top layer above the airflow pad 402.As described herein, the airflow material 410 is configured to providean airflow rate that is higher than an airflow rate of the top layerabove the airflow pad 402. In addition, the airflow material 410 can bemade of a water-resistant material so that the airflow pad 402 can avoidwater intrusion while permitting for air distribution. Further, theairflow pad 402 is made to be breathable. In addition, the airflowmaterial 410 is made to be resilient enough to provide desired supportfor a user resting on the mattress system, along with other layers ofthe mattress system.

In some implementations, the airflow material 410 can havethree-dimensional structures with elastic polyolefin fibers. In additionor alternatively, the airflow material 410 is made of 100% polyolefin.In addition or alternatively, the airflow material 410 is configured toprovide a resilience rate of thickness no less than 95% after 80,000times of repeated compressions. In addition or alternatively, theairflow material 410 includes Qshion™ material, which is available fromQshion 4D, Taiwan, R.O.C. The Qshion™ material provides complexthree-dimensional structures with elastic polyolefin fibers whichprovide desired ventilation and sleeping environment. Further, theQshion™ material includes a breathable, non-toxic, recyclable POEmaterial which can provide full support and comfort. The Qshion™material is washable and dries quickly. The Qshion™ material allowsairflow to keep a user cool and comfortable for an extended period oftime (e.g., overnight). Further, the Qshion™ material is configured tohelp relieve joint and muscle pressure of a user. The Qshion™ materialis a nontoxic, recyclable material which allows a user to sleep in asafe and healthy environment. The Qshion™ material is more breathablethan form materials. Further, the Qshion™ material has a resilience rateof thickness no less than 95% after 80,000 times of repeatedcompressions, while foam materials typically have resilience rates ofthickness of 90% or less after the same repeated compressions. TheQshion™ material does not absorb moisture and free of dust mites, whilefoam materials keep humidity and lead to mold. In other embodiments, theairflow material 410 can be different than Qshion™ material in some waysand yet include one, more than one, or all of the above-identifiedproperties of Qshion™ material.

The pad cover 412 is configured to cover the airflow material 410. Forexample, the pad cover 412 is configured to at least partially enclosethe airflow material 410. In some implementations, the pad cover 412 caninclude a zip fastener 414 (FIG. 13 ) configured to open the pad cover412 to receive or remove the airflow material 410. In otherimplementations, the pad cover 412 does not include the zip fastener 414or other fastener for reopening the pad cover.

As illustrated in FIGS. 11A and 12 , the pad cover 412 can include avent 416 configured to permit for air to pass through. The vent 416 canbe provided in a top of the pad cover 412 so that the vent 416 faces abottom surface of the top layer (e.g., the bottom surface 214, 314 ofthe top layer 202, 302) above the airflow pad 402. The pad cover 412 canbe made of an air restrictive material so that air can flow at leastsubstantially through the vent 416. The pad cover 412 can be free ofholes that would significantly direct airflow therethrough, except forthe vent 416. Alternatively, the pad cover 412 is made of a materialthat permits for air flow, but at a slower rate than the vent 416. Insome implementations, the vent 416 is configured in the form of a windowprovided in the pad cover 412. In some implementations, the vent 416 isan opening covered by a meshed material. In other implementations, thevent 416 is an opening with or without any material covering theopening. The vent 416 can be of various shapes, such as a square window,a rectangular window, a circular or oval window, and other suitablepolygonal shapes. In addition or alternatively, the vent 416 can be madein a plurality of holes and/or or slits that are arranged in one or moregroups.

In some implementations, the edges of the vent 416 can be spaced inwardof the perimeter of the airflow pad 402 to form a border around the vent416. The boarder around the vent 416 can ensure that the surface (e.g.,the top surface) of the airflow pad 402 is not entirely the vent 416.For example, the vent 416 is sized to have edges spaced at widths D1-D4from the perimeter of the pad cover 412. The widths D1-D4 can bedetermined such that the border around the vent 416 is wider on the sideso as to have less or no flow near the outer side of the airflow pad402, and more flow in the middle and near the inner side of the airflowpad 402. In some implementations, the inlet/outlet (e.g., the pad-sideend 430) of the air duct 404 are arranged in a portion of the airflowpad 402 that corresponds with (e.g., aligned with) the border around thevent 416. For example, the pad-side end 430 of the air duct 404 isarranged opposite side of a boarder (the portion having the width D3) ofthe airflow pad 402. Such arrangement of the inlet/outlet of the airduct 404 can prevent airflow from just blasting upwards from the airduct 404 directly through the vent 416 in an air supply mode, or fromsuctioning downwards into the air inlet/outlet of the air duct 404directly through the vent 416 in an air draw mode. Rather, thearrangement of the inlet/outlet of the air duct 404 can allow air toevenly distributed through the entire airflow material 410 (or amajority thereof) as it flows between the inlet/outlet of the air duct404 and the vent 416.

The pad cover 412 can be configured to provide a plenum chamber thatsubstantially surround a core of the airflow material 410. For example,the pad cover 412 is made of a material that limits airflow whilepermitting for air to flow through the vent 416. As illustrated, theairflow material 410 can be configured as a layer generally having atop, a bottom, and sides. The pad cover 412 is positioned on at leastpart of the top, the bottom, and the sides of the airflow material 410,and provides an opening through the vent 416 arranged on the pad cover412 abutted with the top of the airflow material 410. The vent 416 canbe covered by a meshed material or other materials that permit airflow,so that air can flow through the vent 416 and out of or into the airflowmaterial 410 surrounded by the pad cover 412.

The airflow pad 402 is fluidly connected to the air duct 404 at one end.The other end of the air duct 404 can be fluidly connected to an aircontroller (e.g., the air controller 338) configured to supply ambientor conditioned air into the airflow pad 402 through the air duct 404, ordraw air from the airflow pad 402 through the air duct 404.

Referring to FIGS. 11A-C, the air duct 404 includes a pad-side end 430connected to the airflow pad 402 and fluidly communicating with theairflow material 410 within the airflow pad 402. The air duct 404 has afan-side end 432 configured to be fluidly connected to a fan assembly(e.g., the air controller 338), or mate with a connection point of themattress foundation as described in FIGS. 18A and 18B. In someimplementations, the air duct 404 can be a bellows-style hose with arepeating series of alternating flex points along the duct. This canallow the air duct to expand and contract as well as to bend toaccommodate an air controller being used in different applications.

As described herein, the airflow pad 402 can be configured to includevarious features that permit for the airflow pad 402 to have a smallform factor. For example, the airflow material 410 and the pad cover 412are configured to provide a smaller thickness of the airflow pad 402than a layer (e.g., the top layer 202) above the airflow pad 402. Forexample, the intermediate layer 204 that incorporates the airflow layer206 (including one or more airflow pads 402) can be configured to have asmaller thickness than the top layer 202 so that the comfort that thetop layer 202 can provide is not reduced or otherwise compromised by theinclusion of the intermediate layer 204 and/or the airflow layer 206(including the airflow pads 402). In some implementations, a ratio inthickness of the top layer 202 over the intermediate layer 204 can rangebetween about 1.2 to about 10. By way of example, the top layer 202 canbe made to be 4 inches thick while the intermediate layer 204 (includingthe airflow layer 206) can be made to be 1 inch thick.

Referring to FIGS. 62 and 63 , the air distribution layer can includetwo airflow pads 402 (including 402A and 402B) that can be connectedtogether. For example, the airflow pad 402A and the airflow pad 402B aremechanically connected at an interface 450. Various methods can be usedto mechanically attach the airflow pads 402A and 402B together at theinterface 450, such as stitching, adhesives, fasteners, and othersuitable mechanisms. The interconnected interface 450 between theairflow pads 402A and 402B can prevent unstable placement (e.g.,wobbling, dislocation, displacement, etc.) of the airflow pads 402A and402B that may otherwise result from the compression from the mattresstop (e.g., resulting from the body weight), the user's movement on themattress top, the air movement or change in pressure in the airchambers, etc. For example, while the user moves on the mattress top,either or both of the airflow pads 402A and 402B can wobble, or bedisplaced or dislocated from proper positions, thereby resulting in aseparation between the airflow pads 402A and 402B. The interconnectionat the interface 450 can prevent such separation between the airflowpads 402A and 402B and hold them in place.

Reinforcement Straps (Feature Group #3)

Referring to FIGS. 14 and 15 , example reinforcement straps 550 aredescribed. FIG. 14 illustrates a bottom perspective view of an examplemattress system 500 with a set of reinforcement straps 550 attached inplace. FIG. 15 illustrates a bottom perspective view of the mattresssystem 500 with the reinforcement straps 550 removed.

One or more reinforcement straps 550 can be used to hold the mattresssystem 500 in place and keep it from bowing outwards when used. Forexample, the mattress system 500 can include a layer and a railstructure attached to the layer. The layer can have a layer top and alayer bottom opposite to the layer top. The layer can extend between afirst layer edge and a second layer edge. Examples of the first andsecond layer edges are opposite side edges of the layer. In addition,the layer can extend between a third layer edge and a fourth layer edge,examples of which are head-side and foot-side edges. The rail structurecan include a first side rail attached to the layer bottom proximate thefirst layer edge, and a second side rail attached to the layer bottomproximate the second layer edge. For example, the first and second siderails can be rails arranged at opposite sides along the length of themattress. In addition, the rail structure can include a third side railattached to the layer bottom proximate the third layer edge, and afourth side rail attached to the layer bottom proximate the fourth layeredge. For example, the third and fourth side rails can be rails arrangedat the head-side edge and the foot-side edge. A core of the mattress,such as one or more air chambers, foams, and/or spring assemblies, canbe positioned under the layer bottom between the first side rails andthe second side rails. In addition, the core can be positioned under thelayer bottom between the third side rails and the fourth side rails.

In the illustrated examples, two reinforcement straps 550 can be used,including a first strap 550A and a second strap 550B. For example, thefirst strap 550A can be connected to the first side rail and the secondside rail and extend under the core from the first side rail to thesecond side rail. One end of the first strap 550A can be connected to afirst connection point located on a bottom of the first side rail, andthe other end of the first strap 550A can be connected to a secondconnection point located on a bottom of the second side rail. Similarly,the second strap 550B can be connected to the first side rail and thesecond side rail and extend under the core from the first side rail tothe second side rail. One end of the second strap 550B can be connectedto a third connection point located on a bottom of the first side rail,and the other end of the second strap 550B can be connected to a fourthconnection point located on a bottom of the second side rail. The firststrap 550A and the second strap 550B can be relatively arranged invarious configurations. For example, the first strap 550A is arrangedclose to the second strap 550B and extends to be parallel with thesecond strap 550B. The first strap 550A can be arranged at a distancefrom the second strap 550B extending parallel with the first strap 550A.An example of the distance can range from about 5 inches to about 70inches. Although two reinforcement straps are primarily illustrated inthe illustrated examples, more than two reinforcement straps 550 can beused in similar manners in other implementations. In yet alternativeimplementations, a single reinforcement strap 550 can be used in adesired configuration.

As illustrated in FIGS. 14 and 15 , the mattress system 500 can beconfigured similarly to the mattress 104 or the mattress system 200,300. For example, the mattress system 500 includes a top layer 502, anintermediate layer 504, a rail structure 506, and an airflow layer 530,which are configured similarly to the top layer 202, 302, theintermediate layer 204, 304, the rail structure 206, 306, and theairflow layer 230, 330, respectively. The mattress system 500 can beconfigured to include a core of various types, such as one or moreinflatable air chambers, foams, and/or spring assemblies, that can bereceived in a space defined by the rail structure 506 in the same orsimilar manner as described herein.

The rail structure 506 can include a head rail 562, a foot rail 564, andopposite side rails 566, 568 extending between the head rail 562 and thefoot rail 564. In some implementations, the rail structure 506 can bemade of one or more foam materials. In this example, the rail structure506 is attached to the intermediate layer 504. When attached to theintermediate layer 504, the rail structure 506 may be also engaged with,or attached to, the airflow layer 530 that is positioned in a cutoutsection of the intermediate layer 504 (e.g., to be flushed with theintermediate layer 504). For example, the head rail 562 is attached to abottom of the intermediate layer 504 at (or proximate) a head edge ofthe intermediate layer 504, and the foot rail 565 is attached to thebottom of the intermediate layer 504 at (or proximate) a foot edge ofthe intermediate layer 504 (opposite to the head edge of theintermediate layer 504). The side rails 566, 568 are attached to thebottom of the intermediate layer 504 at (or proximate) opposite sides ofthe intermediate layer 504. Similarly to the rail structure 206, 306,the rail structure 506 forms an upside-down foam tub, along with thelayers (e.g., the intermediate layer 504, the airflow layer 530, and/orthe top layer 502). For example, the rail structure 506 defines a spacefor receiving a mattress core 520, such as one or more inflatable airchambers, foams, and/or spring assemblies.

The reinforcement straps 550 can include the first strap 550A. The firststrap 550A can be connected to the opposite side rails 566, 568 so as toextend under the mattress core 520 between bottoms of the side rails566, 568. The first strap 550A can be attached to the opposite siderails 566, 568 at predetermined connection locations 570A, 572A.Further, the reinforcement straps 550 can include the second strap 550B.Similarly to the first strap 550A, the second strap 550B can beconnected to the opposite side rails 566, 568 so as to extend under themattress core 520 between bottoms of the side rails 566, 568. The secondstrap 550B can be attached to the opposite side rails 566, 568 atpredetermined connection locations 570B, 572B. In some implementations,the first strap 550A and the second strap 550B are positioned in alongitudinal middle section of the mattress. The first strap 550A canextend to be parallel with the second strap 550B and spaced at apredetermined distance from the second strap 550B.

Other configurations of the straps 550 can be possible. In someimplementations, the straps 550 can be routed to cross each other. Forexample, the first strap 550A and the second strap 550B are connected tothe opposite side rails 566, 568 to extend under the mattress core 520between the bottoms of the side rails 566, 568. The first strap 550A canbe routed to cross the second strap 550B by connecting one end of thefirst strap 550A to one of the side rails 566, 568 between the head rail562 and the second strap 550B, and connecting the other end of the firststrap 550 a to the other side rail 566, 568 between the foot rail 562and the second strap 550B. An example of the cross routing of the straps550 is illustrated in FIG. 16 .

In other configurations, one or more straps 550 can extend to one orboth of the head rail 562 and the foot rail 564. In one example, one ormore straps 550 can extend from the head rail 562 to the foot rail 564rather than extending between the opposite side rails 566 and 568. Inanother example, one or more straps 550 can extend from the head rail562 to the foot rail 564 in addition to having one or more straps 550extending between the opposite side rails 566 and 568.

In some implementations, the rail structure 506 can include one or morecutouts for various purposes. For example, the rail structure 506includes cutouts 542 configured to receive air ducts of the airflow padassemblies 530 and/or other components (e.g., air passages, electronicwires, etc.) of the mattress system. The cutouts 542 can be configuredsimilarly to the notches 242 described herein. The cutouts 542 of therail structure 506 can structurally weaken the rail structure 506 at oraround the cutouts. The straps 550 can be attached to the rail structure506 on opposite side of the cutouts 542, thereby reinforcing ormaintaining the rail structure 506 at or around the cutouts 542. Forexample, in the illustrated example, the cutouts 542 are provided in theopposite side rails 566, 568, and the first strap 550A and/or the secondstrap 550B are connected to the opposite side rails 566, 568 proximatethe cutouts 542, as illustrated in FIGS. 14 and 15 .

The straps 550 can be attached to the rail structure 506 using one ormore fastening elements 574. The fastening elements 574 can be ofvarious types. For example, the fastening elements 574 include adhesivetapes. Alternatively or in addition, the fastening elements 574 can behook-and-loop fasteners (e.g., VELCRO®), zippers, clips, pins, buttons,straps, ties, snap fasteners, and other suitable types of fasteners. Thefastening elements 574 can be applied at the connection locations570A-B, 572A-B, or at desired locations (e.g., the ends) of the straps550, so that such desired location of the straps 550 are attached to theconnection points of the rail structure 506. For example, adhesive tapescan be applied between the connection locations 570A-B, 572A-B of therail structure and the ends of the straps 550.

As illustrated in FIG. 14 , the mattress system 500 can further includea mattress cover 580 configured to cover components of the mattresssystem 500, such as the top layer 502, the intermediate layer 504, therail structure 506, the mattress core 520, an airflow layer 530, and thestraps 550.

As such, the reinforcement straps that extend between rails and runacross the bottom of the mattress can help hold the mattress core andother mattress components in place and keep them from bowing outwardsafter repeated edge of bed stress from a user entering and exiting. Thereinforcement straps can be used with pieces of hook materials (e.g., 3Mhook materials) with adhesive backing. The hook materials can be placedalong the bottom side of the perimeter side rails. In someimplementations, the reinforcement straps can include a scrim materialand attach to the hook materials and extend from one side of the bed tothe other side. The straps are removable to allow other components(e.g., the air chambers, layers, etc.) to be assembled withoutinterference. The straps can be adjustable to accommodate for stretch orchanges over time, varying tolerances of the foam tub and its cover, orgeneral aesthetic preference impact. The straps can have a width ofvarying sizes, such as a width ranging between about 1 inch and about 7inches.

Connection Interface Between Mattress and Foundation (Feature Group #4)

Referring to FIGS. 17-20 , an example connection interface is describedwhich connects a mattress with a foundation. In general, the mattresshas a mattress top and a mattress bottom opposite to the mattress top,and defines a mattress interior between the mattress top and themattress bottom. When the mattress is placed on the foundation, a usercan rest on or above the mattress top. In some implementations, themattress has a first connection portion positioned on the mattressbottom and defines a first air hole configured to allow airflow throughthe first connection portion. The mattress can include an air hoseextending from the first air hole of the first connection portion intothe mattress interior. For example, as illustrated in FIGS. 18A-B, amattress 600 is configured to provide a first connection portion 652 ona bottom of the mattress. The first connection portion 652 is in fluidcommunication with an interior hole 654 located with the interior of themattress 600. The interior hole 654 can be provided for multiplepurposes. In one example, the interior hole 654 is an air hole thatpermits for air to flow into or out from an air-fillable orair-distributable component, such as an inflatable air chamber (e.g. theair chamber 222) and/or an airflow layer (e.g., the airflow layer 230,330, 530). Alternatively or in addition, the interior hole 654 can be ahole that permits for other elements, such as wires, cables, etc., toroute through. The mattress 600 can further include a duct (or hose) 656extending from the interior hole 654 within the interior of the mattress600 and out from the bottom of the mattress through the first connectionportion 652. In some implementations, the duct 656 can be an air hose orduct that is configured to be similar to the air duct 234, 336, 404. Theduct 656 can be made of a flexible material. The duct 656 can have amating end 658 configured to mate a second connection portion 672provided in a foundation 670. As described below, the mating end 658 canbe made of a flexible material and snap fit with the second connectionportion 672.

The foundation 670 is sized and configured to be positioned under thebottom of the mattress 600 and support the mattress 600 on a supportsurface 673. The foundation 670 includes the second connection portion672 positioned on the support surface 673. The second connection portion672 defines an interface hole 676 for one or more purposes. For example,the interface hole 676 is an air hole configured to permit for air toflow through the second connection portion 672. Alternatively or inaddition, the interface hole 676 can be a hole that permits for otherelements, such as wires, cables, etc. The second connection portion 672can be arranged to be aligned with the first connection portion 652 whenthe mattress 600 is positioned on the foundation 670. The secondconnection portion 672 can be configured to be connected to the firstconnection portion 652. For example, the second connection portion 672is configured to couple the mating end 658 of the duct 656 at oradjacent the first connection portion 652, such that the secondconnection portion 672 is directly or indirectly engaged with the firstconnection portion 652. When the first connection portion 652 is coupledwith the second connection portion 672, the interior hole 654 (e.g., theair hole) in the mattress 600 is fluidly connected with the interfacehole 676 (e.g., the air hole) in the foundation 670 so that air can flowbetween the foundation and the mattress through the interior hole 654and the interface hole 676. In some implementations, the interior hole654 (e.g., the air hole) in the mattress 600 can be configured to alignwith the interface hole 676 (e.g., the air hole) in the foundation 670.

In some implementations, the duct 656 extending from the mattress 600 issized and shaped to snap fit with the second connection portion 672 ofthe foundation 670. For example, the second connection portion 672 caninclude a base 680 and a lip 682 protruding from the base 680 anddefining the interface hole 676 therearound. The second connectionportion 672 can further include a mating flange 684 extending radiallyoutwardly at a top edge of the lip 682, as illustrated in FIG. 17B,which is a partial cross sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG.17A. As illustrated in FIG. 18B, the mating end 658 of the duct 656 caninclude gripping portions 670 that permit a user (e.g., an installer,customer, etc.) to grip to bring the mating end 658 of the duct 656 overthe second connection portion 672. The mating end 658 can be made to beflexible so as to be flexed out to enable the mating end 658 to cover upthe lip 682 of the second connection portion 672. As the mating end 658slides over the lip 682, the mating flange 684 engages with the matingend 658 so that the mating end 658 fits the lip 682. In someimplementations, the mating end 658 of the duct 656 can include a groovethat corresponds with the mating flange 684 so that the mating end 658is secured to the lip 682 of the second connection portion 672.

The mattress 600 can be configured similarly to the mattress 104 or themattress system 200, 300, 500, and include one or more componentssimilar to the top layer 202, 302, 502, the intermediate layer 204, 304,504, the rail structure 206, 306, 506, and/or the airflow layer 230,330, 530. The mattress system 600 can be configured to include a core ofvarious types, such as one or more inflatable air chambers, foams,and/or spring assemblies, that can be received in a space defined by therail structure in the same or similar manner as described herein. Forexample, the duct 656 of the mattress 600 is configured to fluidlyconnect to an airflow layer (similar to the airflow layer 230, 330, 530)of the mattress 600, and configured similarly to the air duct 234, 336,404.

A plurality of second connection portions 672 can be provided inembodiments wherein the mattress 600 includes a plurality of firstconnection portions 652. For example, in embodiments where two airflowlayers (and thus two first connection portions 652) are provided in themattress 600 (as described with respect to the mattress 200, 300herein), two second connection portions 672 can be provided tocorrespond with the first connection portions 652.

The foundation 670 can be an adjustable foundation. For example, thefoundation 670 can be configured to raise or lower a head of themattress 600 supported on the foundation 670. In addition oralternatively, the foundation 670 can be configured to raise or lower afoot of the mattress 600 supported on the foundation 670. As illustratedin FIG. 19 , the foundation 670 can include a head panel 690, a footpanel 692, and one or more middle panel 694A and 694B between the headpanel 690 and the foot panel 692. The head panel 690 is configured toraise or lower the head of the mattress 600, and the foot panel 692 isconfigured to raise or lower the foot of the mattress 600. The middlepanel 694A is configured to remain substantially stationary when eitheror both of the head panel 690 and the foot panel 692 are articulated.The middle panel 694B is configured to connect the middle panel 694A tothe foot panel 692, and consequently, can also raise or lower when thefoot panel 692 raises or lowers. In some implementations, the secondconnection portion 672 is arranged in the middle panel 694A of thefoundation 670. The second connection portion 672 can be fluidlyconnected to the air controller 338 mounted to the bottom of thefoundation 670. In some implementations, the foundation 670 furtherincludes one or more air chamber interface conduit 696 s configured topermit for components (e.g., air hose, wiring, etc.) of the air chamberassembly to pass through to connect to the pump assembly 224 that can bemounted to the bottom of the foundation 670. The air chamber interfaceconduits 696 can also be arranged in the middle panel 694A.

In some implementations, all panels of the foundation 670, including themiddle panel 694A, can be configured to be raised or lowered. In someimplementations, more or fewer than four panels can be included in thefoundation 670, such as having only three panels (e.g. head, middle, andfoot) or five or more panels.

The connection interface between the first connection port 652 and thesecond connection portion 672 (e.g., the mating of the duct 656 with thesecond connection portion 672) described above can provide sufficientstrength to hold the mattress 600 to the foundation 670 when thefoundation 670 is articulated to raise or lower the head and/or the footof the mattress 600. In some implementations, the connection(s) betweenthe first connection port(s) 652 and the second connection portion(s)672 (e.g., the mating of the duct 656 with the second connection portion672) is a sole connection mechanism between the mattress 600 and thefoundation 670 without any additional connector, such as adhesives,hook-and-loop fasteners (e.g., VELCRO®), zippers, clips, pins, buttons,straps, ties, snap fasteners, and other suitable types of fasteners.

Referring again to FIG. 17A, the second connection portion 672 caninclude a duct support rib 674 extending from the base 680. The ductsupport rib 674 can be sized and shaped to extend upward into the duct656 at the mating end 658 when the mating end 658 of the duct 656 fitswith the second connection portion 672. The duct support rib 674 isconfigured to provide structural rigidity to the duct 656 when the duct656 is connected to the second connection portion 672. For example, theduct support rib 674 can have a width W similar to a corresponding innerwidth W of the duct 656, and a height H from the base 680, so that theshape (e.g., the width) of the duct 656 is maintained at least along theheight H when the duct 656 fits with the second connection portion 672.

The duct support rib 674 can be sized and shaped to provide suitablesupport to the duct 656 without restricting air flow much or at all. Forexample, the duct support rib 674 can have first and second side walls674A and 674B extending upward from opposite sides of the interface hole676 and can have a cross wall 674C extending from the side wall 674A tothe side wall 674B, substantially across the interface hole 676. Thecross wall 674C can have a relatively thin cross section so as to causerelatively little restriction of flow into or out of the interface hole676.

FIGS. 20A-C illustrates an example mattress coupling assembly 640. Insome implementations, the mattress coupling assembly 640 includes afirst coupling element 642 and a second coupling element 644. The firstcoupling element 642 can be arranged on the bottom of the mattress 600and around the air duct 656 extending from the bottom of the mattress600. For example, the first coupling element 642 can be positioned onthe exterior surface of a mattress cover or other sheet that wraps thebottom of the mattress 600. In addition, the second coupling element 644can be positioned on the interior surface of the mattress cover or othersheet and arranged around the air duct 656 so that the second couplingelement 644 is aligned with the first coupling element 644 with themattress cover or other sheet therebetween. The first coupling element642 is configured to snap fit the second coupling element 644 with themattress cover or other sheet therebetween so that the first couplingelement 642 is exposed at the bottom of the mattress (outside themattress cover or sheet) while the second coupling element 644 ispositioned at least partially inside the mattress and at least partiallyhidden from the exterior of the mattress bottom. The first couplingelement 642 is configured to fit to a corresponding connection portion,such as the second connection portion 672 (of various configurations),provided at the foundation 670. For example, the first coupling element642 can be slid into and coupled with the connection portion of thefoundation 670. In other examples, the first coupling element 642 can besnap fit with the connection portion of the foundation 670.

In some implementations, the first coupling element 642 can include oneor more protruding clips configured to extend down into the connectionportion (e.g., the second connection portion 672) of the foundation andengage with the connection portion for coupling the mattress to thefoundation. In alternative implementations, the second coupling element644 can include one or more protruding clips configured to extend downinto the connection portion (e.g., the second connection portion 672) ofthe foundation and engage with the connection portion for coupling themattress to the foundation. In yet alternative implementations, thefirst coupling element 642 and the second coupling element 644 can bothinclude one or more protruding clips configured to extend down into theconnection portion (e.g., the second connection portion 672) of thefoundation and engage with the connection portion for coupling themattress to the foundation.

FIG. 20D illustrates another example mattress coupling assembly 650.Similarly to the mattress coupling assembly 640 illustrated in FIGS.20A-C, the mattress coupling assembly 650 includes a first couplingelement 652 and a second coupling element 654. The first couplingelement 652 can be arranged on the bottom of the mattress 600 and aroundthe air duct 656 extending from the bottom of the mattress 600. Forexample, the first coupling element 652 can be positioned on theexterior surface of a mattress cover or other sheet that wraps thebottom of the mattress 650. In addition, the second coupling element 654can be positioned on the interior surface of the mattress cover or othersheet and arranged around the air duct 656 so that the second couplingelement 654 is aligned with the first coupling element 654 with themattress cover or other sheet therebetween. The first coupling element642 can be connected to the second coupling element 644 with one or morefasteners 660 while the mattress cover or other sheet is engaged betweenthe first coupling element 642 and the second coupling element 644.Other connecting mechanisms, such as snap-fitting, interference-fitting,adhesion, latches, etc., can be used to connect the first couplingelement 642 to the second coupling element 644. When assembled, thefirst coupling element 652 is exposed at the bottom of the mattress(outside the mattress cover or sheet) while the second coupling element654 is positioned at least partially inside the mattress and at leastpartially hidden from the exterior of the mattress bottom. The firstcoupling element 652 is configured to fit to a corresponding connectionportion 656 (e.g., the second connection portion 672) provided at thefoundation 670. The connection portion 656 can be fixed around an airpassage of the foundation 670. In some implementations, the firstcoupling element 652 include hooks or clips 662 configured to removablyengage with the inner periphery of the connection portion 656. In someimplementations, the connection portion 656 can include portions (e.g.,recesses) for removably locking the hooks or clips 662 of the firstcoupling element 652.

The mattress coupling assembly 650 can further include a removal tool658 configured to easily unlock the mattress from the foundation. Forexample, the removal tool 658 can be slid under the connection portion656 to push the hooks or clips 662 of the first coupling element 652inward, thereby disengaging the hooks or clips 662 of the first couplingelement 652 from the connection portion 656 so that the mattress isdetached from the foundation 670.

FIG. 65 illustrates another example of the second connection portion 672for connecting with the first connection portion 652 from the mattress600. In this example, the second connection portion 672 is configuredsimilarly to the second connection portion 672 of FIG. 17A with a fewmodifications. For example, the second connection portion 672 in FIG. 65does not include the duct support rib 674. Instead, the secondconnection portion 672 has an extended lip 682 extending from the base680 so that the lip 682 can provide reinforcement of the air duct thatfits over the second connection portion 672. As illustrated, the lip 682in FIG. 65 is longer than the lip 682 in FIG. 17A. In alternativeimplementations, the extended lip 682 can be provided together with theduct support rib 674.

In some implementations, the connection interface can include amechanism for mechanically coupling the mattress with the foundation,which may be used independently or in combination with the other typesof connection interface described herein. For example, the couplingmechanism can include one or more magnets that are arranged at thebottom of the mattress and correspondingly arranged at the top of thefoundation, so that the mattress can be arranged in place and immovablerelative to the foundation when the magnets of the mattress are engagedwith the corresponding magnets of the foundation. Unless a forceexceeding a threshold value is applied to the magnet connection, themattress can stay in position relative to the foundation. In addition oralternatively, the coupling mechanism can include one or more hooks,clips, buttons, or other suitable locking means. For example, themattress can include a set of hooks around the side, bottom, and/orother suitable areas of the mattress, and the foundation can includepieces (e.g., rings, holes, hooks, clips, buttons, etc.) with which thehooks or clips are engaged. The pieces can be arranged around the side,top, and/or bottom of the foundation to correspond with the locations ofthe hooks of the mattress. The mattress can be coupled or locked ontothe foundation by engaging the hooks of the mattress with thecorresponding pieces of the foundation.

Referring to FIG. 64 , the air duct 404 can be affixed directly to thepad cover 412 (e.g., envelop). For example, the pad-side end 430 of theair duct 404 can be fixed to the pad cover 412 with stitching 452. Otherfastening methods can be used to fix the pad-side end 430 directly tothe pad cover 412.

In some implementations, the air duct 404 can include one or more ribs454 configured to maintain a passage width 456 of the air duct 404. Asillustrated in FIG. 64 , the air duct 404 can include two ribs 454 thatare arranged on the opposing wider inner surfaces of the air duct 404and at the center of the wider inner surfaces of the air duct 404, sothat the ribs 454 face each other. In embodiments where the air duct 404is made to be flexible, the air duct 404 may be compressed or bent toblock the passage of the air duct 404. The ribs 454 are configured toreinforce the air duct 404 while allowing flexibility of the air duct404. When the air duct 404 are compressed from one or both of theopposite wider sides, the ribs 454 can contact with each other andresist such compression, thereby ensuring the air passage through theair duct 404.

In some implementations, the ribs 454 can be arranged through the entirelength of the air duct 404. The ribs 454 can be configured continuouslythrough the entire length of the air duct 404. Alternatively, multiplesets of ribs 454 can be arranged to be spaced apart along the entirelength of the air duct 404. Alternatively, the ribs 454 can be arrangedalong a portion of the length of the air duct 404. For example, the ribs454 can be positioned adjacent the fan-side end 432 of the air duct 404.In other examples, the ribs 454 can be positioned in the middle of theair duct 404 along its length, or close to the pad-side end 430.

Air Controller Assembly (Feature Group #5)

Referring to FIGS. 21-26 , an example air controller 700 is describedwhich is used with a mattress system, such as the mattress 104 or themattress system 200, 300, 500, 600. For example, the air controller 700can be used to implement the air controller 338 in FIGS. 10 and 19 . Theair controller 700 is configured to move air into or from an airflowlayer (e.g., the airflow layer 230, 330, 530) in the mattress system.For example, the air controller 700 can be configured to draw air fromthe airflow layer of the mattress, and/or supply ambient or conditionedair to the airflow layer. In addition, the air controller 700 cancondition air before supplying it to the airflow layer. For example, theair controller 700 can operate to heat or cool air and cause the heatedor cooled air to flow into the airflow layer.

Referring to FIG. 21 , the air controller 700 includes a housing 702having a connection side (e.g., a mattress side) 704 and an ambient side706. The connection side 704 of the housing 702 is configured to attachto a desired location, such as an underside of a foundation thatsupports the mattress. The housing 702 includes a connection-sideopening (e.g., a mattress-side opening) 708 at the connection side 704,and an ambient-side opening 710 at the ambient side 706. In embodimentswhere the air controller 700 is used with the foundation 670 describedherein, the housing 702 can be attached to the foundation 670 at theconnection side 704 so that the connection-side opening 708 is in fluidcommunication with the interface hole 676 of the second connectionportion 672 of the foundation 670, and thus in fluid communication withthe interior hole 654 of the mattress 600 when the mattress 600 issupported on the foundation 670 and the duct 656 from the mattress 600is coupled to the second connection portion 672 of the foundation 670.The ambient side 706 of the housing 702 can be exposed to theatmosphere, and air can be drawn from, or discharged into, thesurroundings through the ambient-side opening 710.

Referring to FIGS. 22A-B, the air controller 700 can include a fanassembly 714 mounted in the housing 702 and configured to cause air toflow through the housing 702. In some implementations, the fan assembly714 is configured as a reversible fan assembly configured to cause airto flow in opposite directions. For example, the fan assembly 714 can beoperated to rotate a fan in one direction to cause air to flow from theambient side 706 to the connection side 704 of the housing 702. Further,the fan assembly 714 can be operated to rotate the fan in the oppositedirection to cause air to flow from the connection side 704 to theambient side 706 of the housing 702. In some implementations, the fanassembly 714 is positioned at the ambient side 706 of the housing 702 asillustrated in FIGS. 22A-B. Other locations of the fan assembly 714 arepossible in other implementations. For example, the fan assembly 714 canbe positioned adjacent a heating element 716, such as between theheating element 716 and a PCB board (e.g., a control unit 718).

The air controller 700 can include a heating element 716 mounted in thehousing 702 and configured to heat air that passes through the heatingelement 716. In some implementations, the heating element 716 includes aplurality of fins that allow air flow in between the fins to be heatedby the heating element. As described herein, the heating element 716 canbe mounted in the housing 702 in a location that is at least partiallyspaced from an inner wall of the housing 702 so as to define a bypassflow path that allows air to flow around the heating element 716 whileair simultaneously flows through the heating element 716. Such a bypassflow path can allow effective air flow through the housing when air isdrawn from the mattress and flows from the connection-side opening 708to the ambient-side opening 710, or when air is supplied and flows fromthe ambient-side opening 710 toward the connection-side opening 708 withor without activating the heating element 716.

The air controller 700 can include a control unit 718 mounted in thehousing 702 and configured to control the air controller 700 in one ormore operational modes. For example, the control unit 718 can operatethe air controller 700 in a first mode (e.g., ambient-air-drawing mode)in which the control unit 718 controls the fan assembly 714 to cause airto flow from the connection side 704 to the ambient side 706 so that airis drawn from the airflow layer of the mattress. Alternatively or inaddition, the control unit 718 can operate the air controller 700 in asecond mode (e.g., heating-air-supplying mode) in which the control unit718 activates the heating element 716 and controls the fan assembly 714to cause air to flow from the ambient side 706 to the connection side704 so that the air passes through the heating element 716 and theheating air is supplied to the airflow layer of the mattress.Alternatively or in addition, the control unit 718 can operate the aircontroller 700 in a third mode (e.g., ambient-air-supplying mode) inwhich the control unit 718 controls the fan assembly 714 to cause air toflow from the ambient side 706 to the connection side 704 (withoutactivating the heating element 716) so that ambient air is supplied tothe airflow layer of the mattress.

In alternative embodiments, the air controller 700 can include a coolingunit with or without the heating element 716, so that the air controller700 can be operated in additional operational modes. For example, thecontrol unit 718 can operate the air controller 700 in a fourth mode(e.g., cooling-air-supplying mode) in which the control unit 718activates the cooling element and controls the fan assembly 714 to causeair to flow from the ambient side 706 to the connection side 704 so thatthe air passes through the cooling element and the cooling air issupplied to the airflow layer of the mattress.

The air controller 700 can be configured with a printed circuit board.The printed circuit board can be positioned in the housing 702 betweenthe ambient-side opening 710 and the heating element 716. The fanassembly 714 can be positioned in the housing 702 between theambient-side opening 710 and the heating element 716. The air controller700 can be electrically connected to the fan assembly 714 and theheating element 716 to control operation of the fan assembly 714 and theheating element 716.

The air controller 700 can include one or more temperature sensorsconfigured to detect temperatures at different locations. For example,the air controller 700 can include a first temperature sensor 720configured to detect a temperature of the heating element 716 andgenerate a sensor signal 730 representative of the heating elementtemperature. The air controller 700 can include a second temperaturesensor 722 configured to detect an outlet temperature of air existingthe housing 702, such as a temperature of air existing at the connectionside 704, and generate a sensor signal 732 representative of the outletair temperature. The control unit 718 can receive the sensor signals 730and 732 from the first and second temperature sensors 720 and 722, andcontrol the heating element 716 based at least in part on the sensorssignals 730 and 732 to achieve a predetermined outlet air temperature.For example, the control unit 718 can determine an offset value of thedetected outlet air temperature from the predetermined outlet airtemperature, and controls the heating element 716 to compensate theoffset value so that the outlet air temperature reaches thepredetermined outlet air temperature.

The second temperature sensor 722 can be used to detect a temperature ofair drawn into the housing 702 from, for example, the airflow layer ofthe mattress, and generate a sensor signal 732 representative of thedrawn air temperature. Alternatively, the air controller 700 can includea separate temperature sensor (e.g., a third temperature sensor) fordetecting the drawn air temperature. The air controller 700 can furtherinclude a fourth temperature sensor 724 configured to detect an ambienttemperature and generate a sensor signal 734 representative of theambient temperature. The control unit 718 can receive the sensor signals732 and 734 from the second (or third) and fourth temperature sensors722 and 724, and control the fan assembly 714 based at least in part onthe sensors signals 732 and 734 to achieve a predetermined drawn airtemperature. For example, the control unit 718 can determine an offsetvalue of the detected drawn air temperature from the predetermined drawnair temperature, and controls the fan assembly 714 to compensate theoffset value so that the drawn air temperature reaches the predetermineddrawn air temperature. In addition, the control unit 718 can calculatean amount of heat extracted from the airflow layer of the mattress basedon the sensor signals 732 and 734.

In addition, the air controller 700 can include one or more humiditysensors 726 configured to detect a humidity value and generate a sensorsignal 736 representative of the humidity value. The control unit 718can receive the sensor signal 736 and control the fan assembly 714and/or the heating element 716 based in part on the sensor signal 736 toachieve a predetermined humidity value. For example, the control unit718 can determine an offset value of the detected humidity value fromthe predetermined humidity value, and controls the fan assembly 714and/or the heating element 716 to compensate the offset value so thatthe humidity reaches the predetermined humidity value.

Referring again to FIGS. 22 and 23 , the housing 702 includes a curvedconduit 750 between the connection side 704 and the ambient side 706. Insome implementations, the heating element 716 is arranged at the curvedconduit 750. The heating element 716 can be sized to be smaller than across section of the curved conduit 750. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 24 , the primary area of the heating element 716 is smaller than across section of the curved conduit 750 to open an area around theheating element 716, thereby permitting airflow without interference. Insome implementations, the housing 702 includes opposite spacers 754extending from an inner surface of the housing 702 and configured tointerference-fit the heating element 716 therebetween. In someimplementations, as illustrated in FIGS. 22A-B, the heating element 716can be arranged closer to an outer corner 752A of the curved conduit 750than an inner corner 752B of the curved conduit 750. In someimplementations, the housing 702 can include one or more vanes 755 (FIG.24 ) configured to direct flow of air that bypasses the heating element716.

As illustrated in FIGS. 22A-B, the fan assembly 714 can be arranged atthe ambient-side opening 710 of the housing 702. In someimplementations, as shown in FIG. 25 , the housing 702 includes ribs 756extending from an inner surface of the housing 702 at the ambient side706 and configured to engage the fan assembly 714 to secure the fanassembly 714 at the ambient-side opening 710 of the housing 702.Further, the air controller 700 can include a foam material 758 disposedbetween the fan assembly 714 and the ribs 756 at the ambient-sideopening 710. Along with the ribs 756, the foam material 758 can securethe fan assembly 714 at the ambient-side opening 710 of the housing 702,and further absorb vibration of the fan assembly 714 so that it does nottransfer to the housing 702 and the rest of the bed (e.g., thefoundation and the mattress).

The air controller 700 can include one or more air screens. For example,as shown in FIGS. 21 and 22 , the air controller 700 can include a firstscreen 760 arranged at the connection-side opening 708 of the housing702. As shown in FIG. 26 , the air controller 700 can include a secondscreen 762 arranged at the ambient-side opening 710 of the housing 702.The first and second screens 760 and 762 are configured to filterdebris, dirt, and contaminants from air passing through the aircontroller 700, thereby preventing them from entering the air controller700 and/or the mattress to which the air controller 700 is coupled.

Referring to FIG. 22B, the air controller 700 can include one or moreair deflectors 770 configured to improve distribution of conditioned airto the mattress. The air deflectors 770 can be disposed in variouslocations along one or more air flow paths through the air controller700. For example, the air deflector 770 can be arranged around theheating element 716 to restrict airflow in one direction and facilitateairflow in the opposite direction. In the illustrated example, the airdeflector 770 is arranged in an airflow path around the heating element716 and configured to open the airflow path around the heating element716 when air is drawn from the mattress. The opened airflow path aroundthe heating element 716 can facilitate the airflow into the aircontroller 700 by routing all or a majority of air around the heatingelement 716 and reducing or eliminating the air passing through theheating element 716. In contrast, when the air controller 700 isoperated to supply heated air to the mattress, the air deflector 770 isconfigured to prevent airflow around the heating element 716 so that aircan flow through the heating element 716 and becomes heated before beingdischarged from the air controller 700.

In some implementations, the air deflectors 770 can be at leastpartially made with flexible materials so that it flexes open or closeddepending on the direction of air. Alternatively or in addition, the airdeflectors 770 can be hingedly coupled to a structure of the aircontroller 700 so that the air deflectors 770 hinges to open when airflows in one direction, and hinges back to close when air flows in theother direction. In some implementations, the air controller 700 caninclude a stopper 772 that is configured to engage a portion (e.g., afree end) of the air deflector 770 to close the air path and preventairflow along the air path.

Example System with Air and Foot Warming (Feature Group #1)

Referring to FIGS. 27-30 , an example foot warming system is describedwhich can be used for a mattress, such as the mattress 104 or themattress system 200, 300, 500, 600. The foot warming system can be usedtogether with an airflow layer in a mattress, such as the airflow layer230, 330, 530 described herein. For example, the foot warming system canbe disposed in the mattress to provide heating in a foot area of themattress, and the airflow layer can be disposed in the mattress toprovide cooling or heating in a predetermined area (e.g., a middle areaand/or a head area) of the mattress. Separate control systems can beprovided for the foot warming system and the airflow layer forindependent operations. Alternatively, a single control system isconnected to the foot warming system and the airflow layer while it canindependently control the foot warming system and the airflow layer. Insome implementations, the operations of the foot warming system and theairflow layer can be coordinated to provide a desired effect to a userresting on the mattress.

FIG. 27 is a perspective view of an example bed 800 having a footwarming system 802. The bed 800 can have a foundation 804 and a mattress806 supported by the foundation 804. In some embodiments, the bed 800can be an air bed system such as the air bed system 100 shown in FIG. 1and having one, more than one, or all of the features described abovewith respect to FIGS. 1-26 . In other embodiments, the bed 800 can beanother type of bed suitable for the application, such as a bed havingfoam and/or springs without inflatable air chambers. In someembodiments, the foundation 804 can be an articulable foundation. Inother embodiments, the foundation 804 need not be articulable. In someembodiments, the bed 800 need not include any foundation at all.

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 27 , the mattress 806 includes a supportstructure 808 and a cover 810 configured to cover the support structure808. The cover 810 has a top portion 812 positioned on a top of thesupport structure 808, side portions 814 extending around the outside ofthe support structure 808, and a bottom portion (not shown) so as tosubstantially enclose the support structure 808. The support structure808 is configured to support a user sleeping or otherwise resting on themattress 806, and can include foam, springs, inflatable air chambers,and/or one or more other suitable mattress components. The cover 810 canalso include an additional padding layer 816 at the top portion 812,such as a pillow top layer, a ticking layer, and/or other materialsuitable for the application.

The mattress 806 can include a head 820 and a foot 822. The foot warmingsystem 802 can be positioned at or near the foot 822 of the mattress 806in a location configured for warming feet of a user laying on themattress 806. As shown in FIG. 21 , the foot warming system 802 caninclude one or more heating units 824 and 826, envelopes 828 and 830,electrical connectors 832 and 834 (such as one or more cables or wires),and one or more power sources (shown in FIG. 27 ). In some embodiments,the power source can be a pump controller (such as air chambercontroller 1300 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 ) or an articulation controller(such as for controlling articulation of an adjustable base). In otherembodiments, the power source can be another controller or power sourcesuitable for the application.

The heating units 824 and 826 can be positioned inside the mattress 806.In some embodiments, the heating units 824 and 826 can comprise anelectrically conductive fabric, such as a carbon-filled polymermaterial, for generating heat. In other embodiments, the heating units824 and 826 can comprise another electrical assembly suitable for theapplication, such as resistance wiring and fabrics. The heating units824 and 826 can be positioned inside the mattress cover 810 and on topof the support structure 808 so as to be between the support structure808 and the mattress cover 810. The electrically conductive fabric canbe relatively flexible and can heat relatively evenly, to provide apositive foot warming experience for the user with little to no adverseimpact on the softness and overall comfort of the mattress 806.

In some embodiments, the heating units 824 and 826 can be attached tothe support structure 808. For example, FIG. 27 shows the heating unit824 attached to the support structure 808 via the envelope 828. Theheating unit 824 can be positioned inside the envelope 828, which can beaffixed to a top of the support structure 808 via adhesive, thread, oranother mechanism suitable for the application.

In the illustrated example, the heating unit 824 is removably attachedto the support structure because it is removably inserted into theenvelope 828. For example, the heating unit 826 is shown removed fromits corresponding envelope 830. Accordingly, the envelopes 828 and 830allow for the heating units 824 and 826 to be held in place with respectto the mattress 806 while also being removable for repair orreplacement.

In some embodiments, the envelopes 828 and 830 can be omitted. Forexample, in some embodiments the heating units 824 and 826 can beaffixed to the support structure 808 without the envelopes 828 and 830.In other embodiments, the heating units 824 and 826 can be attached tothe cover 810, the fire resistant cap 836 (FIGS. 28-29 ), or other layerinside the mattress 806. Such attachments can be via adhesive,stitching, or other fastening mechanism suitable for the application.

While FIG. 27 shows the mattress 806 with the cover 810 partiallyremoved to show internal components, the cover 810 would be closedduring normal operation of the mattress 806, substantially concealingthe foot warming system 802.

The power source can be electrically connected to the heating units 824and 826 so as to selectively drive (or power) the heating units 824 and826 to heat the mattress 806 at or near the foot 822 of the mattress806. This can warm the mattress 806 at a user's feet, for example, toimprove comfort and/or help induce sleep more rapidly.

In some implementations, the envelopes 838 can be embedded into themattress. For example, the envelopes 838 can be positioned inside a foamlayer of the mattress (e.g., a top layer similar to the top layer 902),and the wires from the envelopes 838 can be routed through, and extendout from, the foam layer (e.g., the side of the foam layer). With thisconfiguration, the mattress can provide or maintain comfort from thefoam layer, as opposed to another embodiment where the embeddedenvelopes 838 are exposed on the top of the mattress (or the top of thefoam layer).

FIG. 28 is a schematic end view of the mattress 806 and the foot warmingsystem 802. FIG. 29 is a schematic side view of the mattress 806 and thefoot warming system 802. As shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 , the mattress 806can include a fire resistant cap 836 positioned inside the cover 810.The fire resistant cap 836 can cover internal components of themattress, including the support structure 808 and components of the footwarming system 802 (including the envelopes 828 and 830 and the heatingunits 824 positioned therein). In some embodiments, the fire resistantcap 836 can include a 4 ounce jersey knit material. In otherembodiments, the fire resistant cap 836 can include one or more othermaterials suitable for the application. In still other embodiments, thefire resistant cap 836 can be omitted.

Referring to FIG. 28 , an embodiment of the support structure 808 caninclude a foam 838 and air chambers 840 and 842. In the embodimentshown, the foam 838 is an upside-down foam tub covering the air chambers840 and 842. The air chambers 840 and 842 are adjustably inflatable airchambers each sized for supporting first and second users respectively,and can be the same as or similar to the air chambers 222 (FIG. 3 )described above. The envelopes 828 and 830 can be adhered or otherwiseattached to the foam 838, with the heating units 824 and 826 positionedinside.

Referring to FIGS. 28 and 29 , an example embodiment of positioning ofthe electrical connectors 832 and 834 is illustrated. As shown in FIGS.22A-B, the electrical connectors 832 and 834 include wires extendingalong the sides of the mattress 806, partially through the foam 838. Thefoam 838 can define pathways allowing the electrical connectors 832 tobe routed through. In one embodiment, the electrical connector 832 canbe routed through a slit cut in the foam 838. In another embodiment, theelectrical connector 832 can be routed through a hole bored through thefoam 838. The electrical connectors 832 and 834 can terminate atconnector ends 844 and 846, which can connect to one or more powersources (not shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 ) for powering the heating units824 and 826.

Referring to FIG. 29 , the connector 834 (from a side view) can extendfrom the envelope 830 (with the heating unit 826 positioned inside) nearthe foot 822 of the mattress 806 to the connector end 846 positionednear a longitudinal center of the mattress 806. By positioning theconnector end 846 near the longitudinal center of the mattress 806, themattress 806 can be used with adjustable foundations to raise and lowerthe head 820 and foot 822 of the mattress 806 while allowing theconnector end 846 to remain relatively stationary during articulation.This can allow the heating units 824 and 826 to be raised and loweredwith the mattress 806 while being connected to and powered by a powersource that is relatively stationary during articulation.

FIG. 30 is a top view of components of the foot warming system 802. Inthe embodiment shown in FIG. 30 , the heating unit 824 includeselectrically conductive fabric heating elements (heating elements 864,866, 868, and 870), bus bars 872 and 874, reinforcing tape 876 and 878,temperature sensor 880, wires 882, 884, and 886, and bonding film 888.The connector 832 can be a wire harness that includes the wires 882,884, and 886. The wire 882 electrically connects the bus bar 872 to acontroller (power source) 890 and the wire 886 electrically connects thebus bar 874 to the controller 890. The wire 884 electrically connectsthe temperature sensor 880 to the controller 890, which can receivetemperature signals from the temperature sensor 880 and power theheating unit 824 as a function of the received temperature signals.While only one wire 884 is shown connecting to the temperature sensor880, multiple wires can be used. In some embodiments, the controller 890can include or be part of the foot warming control system 116 (FIG. 1 ).Alternatively, the controller 890 can be included in a pump controller(such as the air chamber control system 114 shown in FIG. 1 ), anarticulation controller (such as the bed articulation system 112 shownin FIG. 1 ), or an airflow layer control system (such as the airflowinsert pad control system 118 shown in FIG. 1 ). In some of suchembodiments, the controller 890 can perform none, some, or all of thefunctions described above with respect to those controllers. In otherembodiments, the controller 890 can be another controller or powersource suitable for the application. For example, the controller 890 canbe a controller dedicated to operating the foot warming system 802alone, or operating the foot warming system 802 in conjunction with oneor more other systems.

In some embodiments, multiple electrically conductive fabric heatingelements can extend from bus bar 872 to bus bar 874. In the illustratedembodiment, four separate fabric heating elements (the heating elements864, 866, 868, and 870) are included. Gaps are shown spacing adjacentones of the heating elements 864, 866, 868, and 870. In someembodiments, gaps between adjacent ones of the heating elements 864,866, 868, and 870 can be about 0.5 inch. In some embodiments, gapsbetween adjacent ones of the heating elements 864, 866, 868, and 870 canbe between 0.2 inch and 0.8 inch. In other embodiment, more or fewerheating elements can be used.

In some embodiments, the heating elements 864, 866, 868, and 870 cancomprise carbon-based electrically conductive fabric, which can conductelectricity between the bus bars 872 and 874 and which has a suitableresistance to generate heat. The heating elements 864, 866, 868, and 870can operate at relatively low power and heat relatively uniformly, thuswarming a mattress with reduced risk of fire. For example, in someembodiments the power for the heating unit 824 can be about 0.085-0.095W/inch².

In some embodiments, the bus bars 872 and 874 can be tinned copper buswires having a relatively thin diameter so as to allow for repeatedbending when the mattress is in use. In some of such embodiments, thebus bars 872 and 874 can comprise wire braids. In other embodiments, thebus bars 872 and 874 can comprise conductive ink. In other embodiments,the bus bars 872 and 874 can have a different configuration as suitablefor the application.

The temperature sensor 880 can sense temperature at and around theheating unit 824, to provide feedback to the controller 890 for poweringthe heating unit 824. In some embodiments, the temperature sensor 880can be placed proximate the heating element 870. In some of suchembodiments, the temperature sensor 880 can be proximate to but slightlyspaced from the heating element 870 via a layer of material, such as alayer of polyimide film. In various embodiments, the temperature sensor880 can be a thermistor, a thermocouple, or another suitable temperaturesensor.

The reinforcing tape 876 and 878 can be placed along edges of theheating elements 864, 866, 868, and 870 and the bus bars 872 and 874 toreinforce the heating unit 824. The bonding film 888 can include top andbottom layers of film that enclose the heating elements 864, 866, 868,and 870, the bus bars 872 and 874, the reinforcing tape 876 and 878, thetemperature sensor 880, and part of the wires 882, 884, and 886. Thebonding film 888 can protect components contained therein from moistureand tampering. In some examples, the bonding film 888 can bepolyurethane or another polymer material suitable to encase the flexibleheating elements 864, 866, 868, and 870.

The heating unit 824 can be a relatively thin layer sized and configuredfor being positioned inside a mattress for warming feet of a user of themattress. In some embodiments, the heating unit 824 can be sized andpositioned for heating only a limited portion of the mattress includingthe feet of the user but not the head and torso of the user. In someembodiments, the heating unit 824 can have a width of between 21 inchesand 31 inches and a depth of between 10 inches and 20 inches. In someembodiments, the heating unit 824 can have a width of between 25 inchesand 28 inches and a depth of between 14 inches and 18 inches. In otherembodiments, the size and position of the heating unit 824 can be variedas suitable for the application.

In operation, the controller 890 can selectively power the heating unit824 (and/or the heating unit 826) to generate heat and warm the mattress806. The foot warming system 802 can be controlled automatically, viainputs from a user interface (such as a mobile device or other remotecontrol), or both. Automatic control can be performed as a function of anumber of sensed events, such as the user entering or leaving the bedand/or the user falling asleep or waking.

The controller 890 can have intelligence to allow for benefits such aspre-heating, timed shut off, temperature regulation via the temperaturesensor 880, or other features that may enhance the user experience. Forexample, the foot warming system 802 can be controlled as a function ofwhen the user goes to sleep. In one example, the user can identify anearliest time that they go to sleep. The controller 890 can then drivethe heating unit 824 to warm for a predetermined time prior to thissleep time (e.g., 30 minutes) so that the mattress 806 is warm when theuser enters the mattress 806. In another example, the foot warmingsystem 802 may be turned on via an instruction from the user through auser interface indicating the intent of user going to bed. Upon the userentering the mattress 806, the foot warming system 802 can shut offautomatically based on sensing the user entered in the mattress 806, orcan continue to run for a given amount of time. In another example, thefoot warming system 802 can run until the user falls asleep asdetermined by one or more sensors.

During the operation, the warming system 802 can maintain a constanttemperature level or adjust to a preset level in response to one or moretimed or sensed events. The foot warming system 802 can operate atdifferent power levels as appropriate for the situation. For example,the foot warming system 802 can operate a high power level in order toinitially heat the mattress 806 quickly, and then to operate at a lowerpower to maintain a target temperature, such as operating via pulse wavemodulation.

In another example, the controller 890 can determine an expected bedtime for a user of the bed. This determination can be made as a functionof user inputs regarding bed time. Alternatively, this determination canbe made automatically by the controller 890 as a function of a learnedsleep schedule that is based on sensed data of the user historicallyentering bed night after night. Based on this information, thecontroller 890 can drive the foot warming system 802 to heat the foot ofthe mattress 806 to reach a target temperature prior to the expected bedtime.

In some of such applications, the controller 890 can reduce power upon asensor detecting the user enters the mattress 806. For example, thecontroller 890 can cut power immediately such that the foot warmingsystem 802 only warms before the user enters the bed. Alternatively, thecontroller 890 could slowly reduce power or reduce power after a giventime period after the user enters the mattress 806.

In another example, the controller 890 can determine whether the user isasleep as a function of sensed data and then drive the foot warmingsystem 802 as a function of whether the user is determined to be asleep.For example, the foot warming system 802 can be driven until the userfalls asleep and shut off in response to determining that the user isasleep based on sensed data.

In another example, the controller 890 can drive the foot warming system802 automatically in order to improve sleep quality. For example, thecontroller 890 can access historical sleep metrics that represent sleepquality of a user while the user was sleeping in the bed and/or accesshistorical sensor data that represent sensor readings that measureenvironmental conditions affecting the user while the user was sleepingin the bed, such as sensed temperature. The controller 890 can identifyin the historical sleep metrics incidences of low quality sleepexperienced by the user and incidences of high quality sleep by the userand then generate a corrective plan that specifies a change to the footwarming system to improve sleep quality based on historical sleep metricincidences associated with high quality sleep. The controller 890 canthen drive the foot warming system 802 according to the generatedcorrective plan. The corrective plan can be based on the user's ownsleep data and/or aggregate sleep data from other individuals.

In another example the controller 890 can achieve a desired temperatureas a function of sensed temperature, as sensed by the temperature sensor880. The controller 890 can drive the heating unit 824 as a function ofa difference between the sensed temperature and a target temperaturesuch that the controller 890 supplies more power to the electricallyconductive fabric in response to determining a relatively largedifference between the sensed temperature and the target temperature andthe controller 890 supplies less power to the heating unit 824 inresponse to determining a relatively small difference between the sensedtemperature and the target temperature.

In various embodiments, the foot warming system 802 can be operated toimprove user comfort and/or to induce rapid sleep onset. By warming theuser's feet upon entering the bed, some users have been shown to fallasleep more quickly, thus improving sleep quality. The foot warmingsystem 802 can be integrated into a mattress at a location suitable fora particular user with little or no negative impact on the comfort ofthe mattress. The foot warming system 802 can actively monitormicroclimate to maintain appropriate temperature. The foot warmingsystem 802 can be automatically controlled via sensed data, reducing orremoving the need for user inputs. Various embodiments described hereincan achieve one or more of these benefits, among others.

The bed 800 can combine the foot warming system 802 with one or moreother features described herein. For example, the bed 800 can includethe foot warming system 802 in the mattress system 200 (described abovewith respect to FIGS. 1-10 ), including some or all of the featuresdescribed with respect to the mattress system 200 such as the airflowpad assemblies 232 and the airflow insert pad control system 118.Accordingly, the bed 800 can supply or draw heated, cooled, and/orambient air using the airflow insert pad control system 118 and canseparately warm feet using the foot warming system 802. In someembodiments, including both air and foot warming in the bed 800 canachieve many of the benefits described herein and can do so efficientlyand effectively compared to using just air or just foot warming.

In some embodiments the bed 800 can be configured to heat via the footwarming system 802 and can cool via the airflow insert pad controlsystem 118. In one example, the airflow insert pad control system 118can be configured to draw air from the user (or supply ambient air tothe user) in order to cool the user when appropriate. Consequently, theairflow insert pad control system 118 need not include a heating orcooling device and can use lower energy as a result. When desired, heatcan be provided via the foot warming system 802. For example, heat canbe provided via the foot warming system 802 prior to the user enteringthe bed 800 in order to help induce rapid sleep onset and then turnedoff when no longer required. Later, cooling can be provided via theairflow insert pad control system 118 while the user is sleeping toavoid (or to remedy) excess heat buildup. Alternatively, the footwarming system 802 can be used at the same time that the airflow insertpad control system 118 is used to draw air, which can have the effect ofdrawing air from the foot warming system 802 over and across the user'sbody to heat the user's body without requiring any heating unit to beadded to the airflow insert pad control system 118. In furtheralternative, the foot warming system 802 can be used at the same timethat the airflow insert pad control system 118 is used to supply air,which can have the effect of simultaneously heating the user's feetwhile cooling the user's core.

In some implementations, the heating elements 864, 866, 868, and 870 caninclude resistive wire elements, alternatively to or in addition to theconductive materials described herein. In some implementations, theheating unit 824 can include thermostats integrated therewith.

Mattress Surface Treatment (Feature Group #12)

FIG. 31 illustrates example mattress surface treatments for improvingclimate control of a mattress top surface. In this example, an examplebed 900 includes a mattress 901 and a foundation 903, which can beconfigured to be identical or similar to the mattresses and thefoundations described herein, for example with reference to FIGS. 1-30 .In general, the mattress 901 can be configured as a climate-controlledmattress, and include a mattress core, an air distribution layer, an airhose, an air controller, and a mattress cover. The mattress core isconfigured to support a user resting on the mattress. The airdistribution layer is configured to facilitate air flow for climatecontrol of a top surface of the mattress. The air hose is configured toroute ambient or conditioned air into and from the air distributionlayer. The air controller is fluidly connected to the air distributionlayer via the air hose, and operates to cause ambient or conditioned airto flow into or from the air distribution layer. The mattress cover isused to enclose the mattress core, the air distribution layer, and atleast part of the air hose.

The mattress can further include one or more mattress surface treatmentmechanisms for improving effects of climate control of the mattress. Insome implementations, the mattress includes stitching with relativelyhigh heat capacity that is provided on the mattress cover. For example,the mattress cover is at least partially made of fabric with threadhaving a first heat capacity that is relatively low, and furtherincludes stitching on the top surface of the mattress. The stitching canbe made of a material having a second heat capacity that is relativelyhigh compared to the first heat capacity, so that the stitching canbetter resist temperature change on the mattress top. For example, thestitching can help better preserve energy of cooling air or ambient air(cooler than a body temperature), and resist being warmed by a user'sbody temperature when the user rests on the mattress top. The stitchingmaterial can be of various types. Examples of the stitching materialsinclude polypropylene threads, nylon threads, etc. In addition, a foamlayer can be positioned below the mattress cover. The foam layer can bemade of a material having a heat capacity that is less than the heatcapacity of the stitching material.

Another example of the mattress surface treatment mechanisms includes agel layer. The gel layer can be positioned proximate the mattress topsurface. For example, the gel layer is positioned under the mattresscover. Alternatively, the gel layer can be configured as part of themattress cover. The gel layer can have a heat capacity that issubstantially higher than a heat capacity of the air distribution layer.In some implementations, the gel layer can be selected such that a ratioof the heat capacity of the gel layer over the heat capacity of one ofthe other layers or mattress components (e.g., the top layer 902, theintermediate layer 904, the rail structure 906, the bottom layer 908,the air chamber assembly 920, and the airflow layer 930) can be greaterthan about 1.05, about 1.50, about 2.00, or about 5.00. Therefore, thegel layer can better resist temperature change on the mattress topsurface. For example, the gel layer can help better preserve energy ofcooling air or ambient air (cooler than a body temperature), and resistbeing warmed by a user's body temperature when the user rests on themattress top. In addition, a foam layer can be positioned above the airdistribution layer and under the gel layer. The foam layer can have aheat capacity that is less than the heat capacity of the gel layer.

Referring to FIG. 31 , the mattress 901 can include a top layer 902, anintermediate layer 904, a rail structure 906, a bottom layer 908, an airchamber assembly 920, and an airflow layer 930, which can be configuredto be identical or similar to the top layer, the intermediate layer, therail structure, the bottom layer, the air chamber assembly, and theairflow layer, respectively, described above. Further, the mattress 901includes a mattress cover 940 having a top surface, a bottom surface,and side surfaces, which are configured to at least partially cover thetop layer 902, the intermediate layer 904, the rail structure 906, thebottom layer 908, the air chamber assembly 920, and the airflow layer930.

The mattress cover 940 can include stitching 960. The stitching 960 hasrelatively high heat capacity. For example, the mattress cover 940 is atleast partially made of fabric with thread having a heat capacity thatis lower than a heat capacity of the stitching 960. The stitching 960can be made of various types of stitching materials. Examples of thestitching materials include polypropylene threads, nylon threads, etc.In addition, the top layer 902 that is positioned under the mattresscover 940 can be made of a foam material having a heat capacity that isless than the heat capacity of the stitching 960. The stitching 960 canbe arranged in various patterns on the mattress cover 940. For example,the stitching 980 can be routed on or around the mattress in varioussizes (e.g., widths, heights, etc.) and/or lengths. In addition, thestitching 980 can have different colors.

In addition or alternatively, the mattress 901 can include a gel layer970. The gel layer 970 can be positioned under the mattress cover 940.In addition, the gel layer 970 can be arranged above the top layer 902,the intermediate layer 904, and the airflow layer 930. For example, thegel layer 970 can be positioned on the top of a top foam layer (e.g.,the top layer 902). In some implementations, the gel layer 970 can beconfigured as part of the mattress cover 940. The gel layer 970 can havea heat capacity that is higher than heat capacities of the top layer902, the intermediate layer 904, and/or the airflow layer 930. The gellayer 970 can be made of various types of gel materials.

Alternatively or in addition, the top layer 902 (e.g., made of foammaterials) can be surface-treated with one or more gel materials thathave different heat capacities than the top layer 902. For example, theheat capacity of the gel material incorporated in the top layer 902 canhave a higher heat capacity than the top layer 902 to provide prolongedwarmth or coolness through the mattress when the bed is in a heated airsupply mode or a cooled air supply mode, and also facilitate heatabsorption from the user's body on the mattress or the surroundingsaround the mattress when the bed is in a cooling mode in which ambientair is suctioned from the top of the mattress. In some implementations,one or more gel materials can be incorporated into the top layer 902 bysurface-infusion. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 61 (in which thetop layer 902 is folded to partially show the top surface of the toplayer 902), a portion 950 of the top layer 902 can be surface-treatedwith a gel material to provide a higher heat capacity than the otherportion of the top layer 902. The portion 950 being surface-treated canbe a portion of the top layer 902 that is arranged to correspond withthe airflow layer 930 under the top layer 902.

For example, the top layer 902 (e.g., the portion 950 thereof) can betreated with a water-based surface infusion so that the top layer 902includes a water-based surface coating with a high content ofphase-change material. Various coatings can be used. An example of suchcoating is AquaCool™, available from Peterson Chemical Technology. Insome implementations, the coating can be applied to the top layer 902and configured to create a breathable, flexible, and durable coatingwith adhesion for various applications such as mattress layers, toppers,and other comfort products. In addition, the coating is configured topromote heat flow for cooling or maintaining temperature for comfort.The coating can be configured to provide various coating thicknesses,and easy to cure with water or other liquid. Further, the coating can beapplied to the top layer by roll coating or spraying. The coating isconfigured to provide breathable layer of cool, flexible phase-changecoating to the top layer to help maintaining air flow and moisturetransmission. Further, the coating can function as a medium for lateralheat transfer. The coating is configured to enhance cooling withoutexcessive weight, and improve heat capacity, conductivity, and thermaleffusivity. The coating can be augmented with additives for addedconductivity to help regenerate a phase change material (PCM) or forantimicrobial effects. Examples of such conductive additives includeLumaCool™, Black Diamond, ceramic, titanium, copper, etc. Examples ofantimicrobial performance additives include copper, silver, etc.

In addition or alternatively, other layers and components in themattress, such as the intermediate layer 904, the rail structure 906,the bottom layer 908, the air chamber assembly 920, and the airflowlayer 930, can be treated to incorporate one or more gel materials inthe same or similar manner as the top layer 902 as described above.

Airflow Mattress with Water Resistant Layer (Feature Group #14)

FIG. 32 schematically illustrates an example water resistant layer thatcan be used with the mattresses described herein, for example withreference to FIGS. 1-31 . In general, a mattress with a water resistantlayer includes a mattress core, an air distribution layer, an air hose,and a mattress cover. The mattress core is configured to support a userand can be of various types, such as one or more inflatable airchambers, foams, and/or spring assemblies. The air distribution layer ispositioned above the mattress core, and configured to facilitate airflow for climate control of a mattress top surface. The air hose isconnected to the air distribution layer and configured to route ambientor conditioned air between the air distribution layer and an aircontroller. The mattress cover has a mattress cover top surface, atleast a portion of which is made of a fabric configured to allow flow ofair between the air distribution layer and a space above the mattresstop and to resist flow of liquid water into the mattress when the liquidwater is positioned on top of the mattress cover top surface. In someimplementations, the fabric of the mattress cover can substantiallyprevent flow of liquid water into the mattress at atmospheric pressure.

Referring to FIG. 32 , a mattress 980 can include a set of inflatableair chambers 982 (or other mattress core) and an air distribution layer984 positioned above the air chambers 982. The air distribution layer984 is fluidly connected to an air controller 988 via an air duct 990.The air controller 988 is configured to cause ambient or conditioned airto flow into or from the air distribution layer 984. The mattress 980can further include a mattress cover 986 that at least partially coversthe air chambers 982, the air distribution layer 984, and othercomponents of the mattress 980. The mattress cover 986 has a top surface992 made of a fabric that allows airflow therethrough while resistingliquid flow into the mattress when the liquid is positioned on themattress top surface.

Alternatively or in addition to the mattress cover 986, the mattress 980can include a mattress protector that is separate from the mattresscover 986 and configured to allow airflow therethrough and resist liquidflow into the mattress when the liquid is positioned on the top of themattress protector.

Overview of Bed Control

FIG. 33 is a block diagram of an example of various components of a bedsystem. For example, these components can be used in the example bedsystem 1100. The bed system 1100 can be used to implement the bedsdescribed herein, for example with reference to FIGS. 1-32 . The bedsystem 1100 can include multiple components to provide variousfunctionalities of the bed system 1100. For example, the bed system 1100includes an air chamber control system 1300, a bed articulation controlsystem 1400, a foot warming control system 1500, and an airflow padcontrol system 1600. The bed system 1100 can include a server system1126 that can communicate with at least one of the systems 1300, 1400,1500, 1600 via a network 1128. The bed system 1100 can further include aremote control 1122 and a user computing device 1124 that are configuredto enable a user to interact with the bed system 1100. The remotecontrol 1122 and/or the user computing device 1124 can communicate withthe server system 1126 with the network 1128.

The air chamber control system 1300 can control one or more air chambersincluded in a mattress and configured to provide desired firmness of themattress for the user. The bed articulation control system 1400 cancontrol the position of an adjustable foundation of the bed system 1100.The foot warming control system 1500 can control one or more footheating elements included in the mattress to provide desired temperatureat the foot of the mattress. The airflow pad control system 1600 cancontrol airflow through airflow pads included in the mattress to providedesired temperature and/or humidity at the top of the mattress. Thesystems 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600 are described in more detail withreference to FIGS. 34-37 .

The user of the bed system 1100 can use one or more input devices, suchas the remote control 1122 and the user computing device 1124, to inputa desired mode of operation, a desired temperature setting, a desiredhumidity setting, a desired bed position setting, and other suitablesettings, in the bed system 1100. For example, the remote control 1122can be used to implement the bed-side controller 132 as shown in FIG. 1.

The remote control 1122 can include a display 1142, a pressure selectioninput device 1144, a foot temperature selection input device 1146, aclimate control selection input device 1148, and a bed articulationinput device 1150. The pressure selection input device 1144 isconfigured to allow a user to increase or decrease the pressure in theair chamber of the air chamber control system 1300. Adjusting thepressure within the air chamber can cause a corresponding adjustment tothe firmness of the respective air chamber. The foot temperatureselection input device 1146 is configured to allow a user to increase ordecrease the temperature of the heating unit of the foot warming controlsystem 1500. The climate control selection input device 1148 isconfigured to enable a user to select one or more mode of operation forthe airflow layer (e.g., airflow pad), and/or adjust the temperature ofthe airflow layer, in the airflow pad control system 1600. The bedarticulation input device 1150 is configured to enable a user to adjustthe bed position (inclined, reclined, etc.) in the bed articulationcontrol system 1400. The input devices of the remote control 1122 can beof various types, such as mechanical and/or virtual buttons, switches,etc. In some implementations, the bed system 1100 includes a pluralityof remote controls 1122 for separately controlling different sections ofthe bed (e.g., left and right sides of the bed). In otherimplementations, a single remote control 1122 is configured to permitfor a user to control different sections of the bed. The remote control1122 can be a dedicated wireless remote control, a dedicated wiredremote control, a smart phone or other mobile device running a remotecontrol application, or other remote control that is suitable tofunction for remotely controlling. The remote control 1122 can beomitted or modified as appropriate for an application. For example, insome embodiments the bed 1112 can be controlled by a computer, tablet,smart phone, or other device in wired or wireless communication with thebed 1112 in addition to or instead of using one or more remote controls1122.

In some implementations, data can be transmitted from a component backto one or more processors (e.g., processors in the systems 1300, 1400,1500, 1600) or to one or more display devices, such as the display 1142.For example, various pieces of information associated with the bed, suchas the current foot warming temperature as determined by a sensorelement of the temperature controller, the current airflow layertemperature as determined by a sensor element of the air controller, thepressure of the bed, sensed user biometrics, the current position of thefoundation or other information, can be transmitted to respectivecontrollers in the control systems 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600. Suchcontrollers can then transmit the received information to remote control1122 where it can be displayed to the user (e.g., on the display 1142).

Similarly, the user computing device 1124 can be used by a user of a bedand/or a user located remotely from the bed. Example user computingdevices 1124 include, but are not limited to, mobile computing devices(e.g., mobile phones, tablet computers, laptops) and desktop computers.The user computing device 1124 includes one or more power supplies,processors, and computer readable memory. User input and output can betransmitted by one or more user interfaces such as speakers, atouchscreen, a pointing device or keyboard, and other suitable input andoutput devices. The user computing device 1124 can run one or moreapplications for allowing the user to interact with the bed system 1100.These applications can allow a user to view information about the bed(e.g., sensor readings, sleep metrics), or configure the behavior of thebed system 1100 (e.g., set a desired firmness to the bed, set a desiredtemperature of a foot warming unit, set a desired temperature or airflowmode of an airflow pad, set desired behavior for peripheral devices,etc.). In some cases, the user computing device 1124 can be used inaddition to, or to replace, the remote control 1122 describedpreviously. In some implementations, the user computing device 1124 canbe used to implement the mobile computing device 134 as shown in FIG. 1.

The server 1126 can include one or more computing devices. The server1126 can be used to implement the server system 140 as shown in FIG. 1 .The server 1126 can be connected to the bed system 1100. For example,the server 1126 can be connected to at least one of the systems 1300,1400, 1500, 1600 via the network 1128. The server 1126 can furthercommunicate with the remote control 1122 and/or the user computingdevice 1124 via the network 1128 for permitting the user to interactwith the components of the bed system 1100. The network 1128 can besimilar to the network 142 of FIG. 1 . The server 1126 can be connectedto databases to provide various services. For example, the server 1126is configured to access bed data 1130 for a bed data service, sleep data1132 for a sleep data service, user account data 1134 for a user accountservice, and environment data 1136 for an environment service. The beddata 1130, the sleep data 1132, the user account data 1134, and theenvironment data 1136 can be similar to the bed data 150, the sleep data152, the user account data 154, and the environment data 156 as shown inFIG. 1 . The bed data service, the sleep data service, the user accountservice, and the environment service performed using the server 1126 canbe similar to the bed data service, the sleep data service, the useraccount service, and the environment service as described with referenceto FIG. 1 .

Although the systems 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600 are illustrated herein asseparate systems or units, it is understood that some or all of thesesystems can be combined and operated as a single unit. For example, oneor more components and/or functions of the controllers in the systems1300, 1400, 1500, 1600 can be integrated and configured as a singlecontrol box that are in communication with, and control, othercomponents, such as the pump, the adjustable foundation, the footheating elements, and the airflow pads.

FIG. 34 is a block diagram of an example of the air chamber controlsystem 1300 that can be associated with a bed system, including thosedescribed herein, for example with reference to FIGS. 1, 8-10, 19, and33 . The air chamber control system 1300 can include an air chambercontroller 1302, a pump assembly 1304, one or more air chambers 1306,and a set of sensors 1308.

The air chamber controller 1302 can control the pump assembly 1304 toactivate and control the pressures of the air chambers 1306 included ina mattress 1310. The air chamber controller 1302 can be used toimplement at least part of the air chamber control system 114 shown inFIG. 1 . In some implementations, the air chamber controller 1302 can beconfigured as a center or hub of the bed system 1100 to activate andcontrol various functionalities provided in the bed system, such as atleast some functionalities of the foot warming control system 1500 andthe airflow pad control system 1600.

In some implementations, the air chamber controller 1302 can include apower supply 1320, a processor 1322, and memory 1324. The power supply1320 includes hardware used to receive electrical power from an outsidesource and supply it to components of the air chamber controller 1302.The power supply 1320 can include, for example, a battery pack and/orwall outlet adapter, an AC to DC converter, a DC to AC converter, apower conditioner, a capacitor bank, and/or one or more interfaces forproviding power in the current type, voltage, etc., needed by othercomponents of the air chamber controller 1302.

The processor 1322 can be one or more processors that operate to receiveinput, perform logical determinations, and provide output. The processor1322 can be a central processing unit, a microprocessor, general purposelogic circuitry, application-specific integrated circuitry, acombination of these, and/or other hardware for performing thefunctionality needed.

The memory 1324 is used to store data and software and/or firmware codeexecutable by the processor 1322. The memory 1324 can include long termstable data storage (e.g., on a hard disk), short term unstable (e.g.,on Random Access Memory) or any other technologically appropriateconfiguration.

The air chamber controller 1302 can include a pump controller 1326 and apump motor 1328, which can be housed with a common housing (such as aplastic or metal pump housing). The pump controller 1326 can receivecommands from the processor 1322 and, in response, control the functionof the pump motor 1328. For example, the pump controller 1326 canreceive, from the processor 1322, a command to increase the pressure ofan air chamber 1306 by 0.3 pounds per square inch (PSI). The pumpcontroller 1326, in response, engages a valve so that the pump motor1328 is configured to pump air into the selected air chamber 1306, andcan engage the pump motor 1328 for a length of time that corresponds to0.3 PSI or until a sensor indicates that pressure has been increased by0.3 PSI. In an alternative configuration, the message can specify thatthe air chamber 1306 should be inflated to a target PSI, and the pumpcontroller 1326 can engage the pump motor 1328 until the target PSI isreached.

In some implementations, the air chamber controller 1302 can include oneor more valve solenoids 1330 that can control connections between a pumpand one or more air chambers. In some cases, the solenoid 1330 can becontrolled by the processor 1322 directly. In some cases, the solenoid1330 can be controlled by the pump controller 1326. In someimplementations, a valve controller 1332 can be provided to convertcommands from the processor 1322 into control signals for the valvesolenoid 1330. In one example, the processor 1322 can issue a command tothe valve controller 1332 to connect the pump to a particular airchamber out of the group of air chambers in an air bed. The valvecontroller 1332 can control the position of the valve solenoid 1330 sothat the pump is connected to the indicated air chamber.

The air chamber controller 1302 can include a communications interface1334 to permit the air chamber controller 1302 to communicate with othercomponents of the system 1300. For example, the air chamber controller1302 can communicate with one or more peripheral sensors, peripheralcontrollers, circuitries (e.g., foot heater control circuitry, airflowpad control circuitry, etc.), and/or computing devices over one or morewired or wireless networks. The communications interface 1334 canprovide any technologically appropriate communication interface,including but not limited to multiple communication interfaces such asWi-Fi, Bluetooth, and copper wired networks.

The air chamber controller 1302 can include a pressure sensor 1336configured to read pressure readings from one or more air chambers 1306of the air bed. The pressure sensor 1336 can also preform digital sensorconditioning. The pressure sensor 1336 can be native to the air chambercontroller 1302. Alternatively or in addition, a pressure sensor can beprovided as a peripheral sensor as described below.

The air chamber controller 1302 can provide a status analysis module1338. For example, the status analysis module 1338 can be one or moresoftware components stored on the computer memory 1324 and executed bythe processor 1322. The status analysis module 1338 can receive datafrom a wide variety of sources (e.g., sensors, non-sensor local sources,cloud data services) and analyze various statuses and operationalconditions in the bed system 1100. The status analysis module 1338 canfurther generate one or more actions to be taken (e.g., commands to sendto peripheral controllers, data to send to cloud services). This can beuseful, for example, in tracking user behavior and automating devices incommunication with the user's bed.

The status analysis module 1338 can collect data from anytechnologically appropriate source, for example, to gather data aboutfeatures of a bed, the bed's environment, and/or the bed's users. Somesuch sources include any of the sensors of the set of sensors 1308. Forexample, this data can provide the status analysis module 1338 withinformation about the current state of the environment around the bed.For example, the status analysis module 1338 can access readings fromthe pressure sensor 1336, 1344 to determine the pressure of the airchamber in the bed. From this reading, and potentially other data, userpresence in the bed can be determined. In another example, the statusanalysis module can access the light sensor 1348 to detect the amount oflight in the bed's environment.

Similarly, the status analysis module 1338 can access data from cloudservices through for example the server system 1126 (FIG. 33 ). Forexample, the status analysis module 1338 can access the bed cloudservice to access historical sensor data and/or advanced sleep data.Other cloud services, including those not previously described, can beaccessed by the status analysis module 1338. For example, the statusanalysis module 1338 can access a weather reporting service, a 3rd partydata provider (e.g., traffic and news data, emergency broadcast data,user travel data), and/or a clock and calendar service.

Similarly, the status analysis module 1338 can access data fromnon-sensor sources. For example, the status analysis module 1338 canaccess a local clock and calendar service (e.g., a component of theprocessor 1322).

The status analysis module 1338 can aggregate and prepare this data foruse by one or more behavioral algorithms. The behavioral algorithms canbe used to learn a user's behavior and/or to perform some action basedon the state of the accessed data and/or the predicted user behavior.For example, the behavior algorithm can use available data (e.g.,pressure sensor, non-sensor data, clock and calendar data) to create amodel of when a user goes to bed every night. Later, the same or adifferent behavioral algorithm can be used to determine if an increasein air chamber pressure is likely to indicate a user going to bed and,if so, send some data to a third-party cloud service and/or engage aperipheral controller.

In the illustrated example, the status analysis module 1338 (includingthe behavioral algorithms) are shown as components of the air chambercontroller 1302. Alternatively, the status analysis module 1338 can beincluded in other components in the bed system 1100. For example, thesame or a similar status analysis module and/or behavior algorithms canbe run in one or more cloud services (e.g., in the server system 1126),and the resulting output can be sent to the air chamber controller 1302,other components in the bed system 1100 or any other technologicallyappropriate recipient.

Referring still to FIG. 34 , the pump assembly 1304 is in two-waycommunication with the air chamber controller 1302. The pump 1304 caninclude a motor 1362, a pump manifold 1364, a relief valve 1366, a firstcontrol valve 1368A, a second control valve 1368B, and a pressuretransducer 1370. The pump 1304 is fluidly connected with the first airchamber 1306A and the second air chamber 1306B via a first tube 1372Aand a second tube 1372B, respectively. The first and second controlvalves 1368A and 1368B can be controlled by switching mechanism, and areoperable to regulate the flow of fluid between the pump 1304 and firstand second air chambers 1306A and 1306B, respectively. The switchingmechanism can be included in the air chamber controller 1302, and caninclude, for example, a relay or a solid state switch. In otherimplementations, the switching mechanism can be located in anothercomponent, such as the pump 1304, rather than the air chamber controller1302.

In some implementations, the pump 1304 and the air chamber controller1302 can be provided and packaged as a single unit in a common pumphousing. In some alternative implementations, the pump 1304 and the airchamber controller 1302 can be provided as physically separate units. Insome implementations, the air chamber controller 1302, the pump 1304, orboth are integrated within or otherwise contained within a bed frame orbed support structure that supports the bed 1112. In someimplementations, the air chamber controller 1302, the pump 1304, or bothare located outside of a bed frame or bed support structure.

The example bed system 1100 depicted in FIG. 33 includes the two airchambers 1306A and 1306B and the single pump 1304. However, otherimplementations can include an air bed system having two or more airchambers and one or more pumps incorporated into the air bed system tocontrol the air chambers. For example, a separate pump can be associatedwith each air chamber of the bed system or a pump can be associated withmultiple chambers of the bed system. Separate pumps can allow each airchamber to be inflated or deflated independently and simultaneously.Furthermore, additional pressure transducers can also be incorporatedinto the bed system such that, for example, a separate pressuretransducer can be associated with each air chamber.

In use, the processor 1322 can, for example, send a decrease pressurecommand to decrease the pressure in one of air chambers 1306A or 1306B,and a switching mechanism can be used to convert the low voltage commandsignals sent by the processor 1322 to higher operating voltagessufficient to operate the relief valve 1366 of the pump 1304 and openthe control valve 1368A or 1368B. Opening the relief valve 1366 canallow air to escape from the air chamber 1306A or 1306B through therespective air tube 1372A or 1372B. During deflation, the pressuretransducer 1370 can send pressure readings to the processor 1322 via anA/D converter. The A/D converter can receive analog information frompressure transducer 1370 and can convert the analog information todigital information useable by the processor 1322. The processor 1322can send the digital signal to the remote control 1122 and/or the usercomputing device 1124 to update the display in order to convey thepressure information to the user.

As another example, the processor 1322 can send an increase pressurecommand. The pump motor 1362 can be energized in response to theincrease pressure command and send air to the designated one of the airchambers 1306A or 1306B through the air tube 1372A or 1372B viaelectronically operating the corresponding valve 1368A or 1368B. Whileair is being delivered to the designated air chamber 1306A or 1306B inorder to increase the firmness of the chamber, the pressure transducer1370 can sense pressure within the pump manifold 1364. Again, thepressure transducer 1370 can send pressure readings to the processor1322 via the A/D converter. The processor 1322 can use the informationreceived from the A/D converter to determine the difference between theactual pressure in air chamber 1306A or 1306B and the desired pressure.The processor 1322 can send the digital signal to the remote control1122 and/or the user computing device 1124 to update the display inorder to convey the pressure information to the user.

During an inflation or deflation process, the pressure sensed within thepump manifold 1364 can provide an approximation of the pressure withinthe respective air chamber that is in fluid communication with the pumpmanifold 1364. An example method of obtaining a pump manifold pressurereading that is substantially equivalent to the actual pressure withinan air chamber includes turning off pump 1304, allowing the pressurewithin the air chamber 1306A or 1306B and the pump manifold 1364 toequalize, and then sensing the pressure within the pump manifold 1364with the pressure transducer 1370. Thus, providing a sufficient amountof time to allow the pressures within the pump manifold 1364 and chamber1306A or 1306B to equalize can result in pressure readings that areaccurate approximations of the actual pressure within air chamber 1306Aor 1306B. In some implementations, the pressure of the air chambers1306A and/or 1306B can be continuously monitored using multiple pressuresensors (not shown).

In some implementations, information collected by the pressuretransducer 1370 can be analyzed to determine various states and/orbiometric information of a person lying on the bed. For example, theprocessor 1322 can use information collected by the pressure transducer1370 to determine a heart rate or a respiration rate for a person lyingin the bed. For example, a user can be lying on a side of the bed thatincludes the chamber 1306A. The pressure transducer 1370 can monitorfluctuations in pressure of the chamber 1306A and this information canbe used to determine the user's heart rate and/or respiration rate. Asanother example, additional processing can be performed using thecollected data to determine a sleep state of the person (e.g., awake,light sleep, deep sleep). For example, the processor 1322 can determinewhen a person falls asleep and, while asleep, the various sleep statesof the person.

Additional information associated with a user of the bed system 1100that can be determined using information collected by the pressuretransducer 1370 includes motion of the user, presence of the user on asurface of the bed, weight of the user, heart arrhythmia of the user,and apnea. Taking user presence detection for example, the pressuretransducer 1370 can be used to detect the user's presence on the bed,e.g., via a gross pressure change determination and/or via one or moreof a respiration rate signal, heart rate signal, and/or other biometricsignals. For example, a simple pressure detection process can identifyan increase in pressure as an indication that the user is present on thebed. As another example, the processor 1322 can determine that the useris present on the bed if the detected pressure increases above aspecified threshold (so as to indicate that a person or other objectabove a certain weight is positioned on the bed). As yet anotherexample, the processor 1322 can identify an increase in pressure incombination with detected slight, rhythmic fluctuations in pressure ascorresponding to the user being present on the bed. The presence ofrhythmic fluctuations can be identified as being caused by respirationor heart rhythm (or both) of the user. The detection of respiration or aheartbeat can distinguish between the user being present on the bed andanother object (e.g., a suit case) being placed upon the bed.

In some implementations, fluctuations in pressure can be measured at thepump 1304. For example, one or more pressure sensors can be locatedwithin one or more internal cavities of the pump 1304 to detectfluctuations in pressure within the pump 1304. The fluctuations inpressure detected at the pump 1304 can indicate fluctuations in pressurein one or both of the chambers 1306A and 1306B. One or more sensorslocated at the pump 1304 can be in fluid communication with the one orboth of the chambers 1306A and 1306B, and the sensors can be operativeto determine pressure within the chambers 1306A and 1306B. The airchamber controller 1302 can be configured to determine at least onevital sign (e.g., heart rate, respiratory rate) based on the pressurewithin the chamber 1306A or the chamber 1306B.

In some implementations, the air chamber controller 1302 can analyze apressure signal detected by one or more pressure sensors to determine aheart rate, respiration rate, and/or other vital signs of a user lyingor sitting on the chamber 1306A or the chamber 1306B. For example, whena user lies on the bed positioned over the chamber 1306A, each of theuser's heart beats, breaths, and other movements can create a force onthe bed 1112 that is transmitted to the chamber 1306A. As a result ofthe force input to the chamber 1306A from the user's movement, a wavecan propagate through the chamber 1306A and into the pump 1304. Apressure sensor located at the pump 1304 can detect the wave, and thusthe pressure signal output by the sensor can indicate a heart rate,respiratory rate, or other information regarding the user.

With regard to sleep state, the bed system 1100 can determine a user'ssleep state by using various biometric signals such as heart rate,respiration, and/or movement of the user. While the user is sleeping,the processor 1322 can receive one or more of the user's biometricsignals (e.g., heart rate, respiration, and motion) and determine theuser's present sleep state based on the received biometric signals. Insome implementations, signals indicating fluctuations in pressure in oneor both of the chambers 1306A and 1306B can be amplified and/or filteredto allow for more precise detection of heart rate and respiratory rate.

The air chamber controller 1302 can perform a pattern recognitionalgorithm or other calculation based on the amplified and filteredpressure signal to determine the user's heart rate and respiratory rate.For example, the algorithm or calculation can be based on assumptionsthat a heart rate portion of the signal has a frequency in the range of0.5-4.0 Hz and that a respiration rate portion of the signal a has afrequency in the range of less than 11 Hz. The air chamber controller1302 can also be configured to determine other characteristics of a userbased on the received pressure signal, such as blood pressure, tossingand turning movements, rolling movements, limb movements, weight, thepresence or lack of presence of a user, and/or the identity of the user.

For example, the pressure transducer 1370 can be used to monitor the airpressure in the chambers 1306A and 1306B of the bed 1112. If the user onthe bed is not moving, the air pressure changes in the air chamber 1306Aor 1306B can be relatively minimal, and can be attributable torespiration and/or heartbeat. When the user on the bed is moving,however, the air pressure in the mattress can fluctuate by a much largeramount. Thus, the pressure signals generated by the pressure transducer1370 and received by the processor 1322 can be filtered and indicated ascorresponding to motion, heartbeat, or respiration.

In some implementations, rather than performing the data analysis in theair chamber controller 1302 with the processor 1322, a digital signalprocessor (DSP) can be provided to analyze the data collected by thepressure transducer 1370. Alternatively, the data collected by thepressure transducer 1370 could be sent to a cloud-based computing systemfor remote analysis.

Referring still to FIG. 34 , the set of sensors 1308 can include one ormore sensors configured to sense physical phenomenon of the environmentand/or bed, and to report such sensing back to the air chambercontroller 1302 for analysis or other purposes. The sensors can includeperipheral sensors 1340 that communicate with the air chamber controller1302. Such peripheral sensors of the set of sensors 1308 can communicatewith the air chamber controller 1302 through one or more of the networkinterfaces of the air chamber controller 1302, including but not limitedto a USB stack, a Wi-Fi radio, a Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) radio, aZigBee radio, and a Bluetooth radio, as is appropriate for theconfiguration of the particular sensor. For example, a sensor thatoutputs a reading over a USB cable can communicate through the USBstack. In addition or alternatively, the sensors can include sensorsthat are native to the air chamber controller 1302.

Some of the peripheral sensors 1340 of the set of sensors 1308 can bebed mounted sensors 1342. The bed mounted sensors 1342 can be, forexample, embedded into the structure of a bed and sold with the bed, orlater affixed to the structure of the bed. Other peripheral sensors 1340can be in communication with the air chamber controller 1302, butoptionally not mounted to the bed. In some cases, some or all of the bedmounted sensors 1342 and/or peripheral sensors 1340 can share networkinghardware, including a conduit that contains wires from each sensor, amulti-wire cable or plug that, when affixed to the air chambercontroller 1302, connect all of the associated sensors with the airchamber controller 1302. In some embodiments, one, some, or all ofsensors can sense one or more features of a mattress, such as pressure,temperature, light, sound, and/or one or more other features of themattress. In some embodiments, one, some, or all of the sensors cansense one or more features external to the mattress. The bed mountedsensors 1342 can include one or more of a pressure sensor 1344, atemperature sensor 1346, a light sensor 1348, a sound sensor 1350, andother suitable sensors for detecting one or more features of themattress and/or external to the mattress. In this example, the pressuresensor 1344 is configured as a peripheral sensor, which can be used asan alternative to, or addition to, the pressure sensor 1336 in the airchamber controller 1302.

FIG. 35 is a block diagram of an example of the bed articulation controlsystem 1400 that can be associated with a bed system, including thosedescribed herein, for example with reference to FIGS. 1, 19, and 33 .The bed articulation control system 1400 can include a bed articulationcontroller 1402 and an adjustable foundation 1404. The articulationcontroller 1402 is configured to adjust the position of a bed byadjusting the adjustable foundation that supports the bed. Theadjustable foundation 1404 can include one or more adjustable panels1420, the positions of which can be controlled by the articulationcontroller 1402. The articulation controller 1402 can be used toimplement at least part of the bed articulation system 112 of the bedcontrol system 110 shown in FIG. 1 . In some implementations, thearticulation controller 1402 can include a processor 1410, a memory1412, a power supply 1414, and a motor 1416. In some implementations,the motor 1416 can be located in another component, such as theadjustable foundation 1404.

For example, the articulation controller 1402 can adjust the foundation1404 from a flat position to a position in which a head portion of amattress of the bed is inclined upward (e.g., to facilitate a usersitting up in bed and/or watching television). In some implementations,the foundation 1404 includes multiple separately articulable sections orpanels. For example, portions of the foundation corresponding to thelocations of the air chambers 1306A and 1306B can be articulatedindependently from each other, to allow one person positioned on the bedsurface to rest in a first position (e.g., a flat position) while asecond person rests in a second position (e.g., a reclining positionwith the head raised at an angle from the waist). In someimplementations, separate positions can be set for two different beds(e.g., two twin beds placed next to each other). The foundation 1404 ofthe bed can include more than one zone that can be independentlyadjusted. The articulation controller 1402 can include the motor 1416that can be energized in response to an articulation command transmittedfrom the processor 1410. The motor 1416 is operatively engaged with oneor more articulating panels of the foundation 1404, and adjust thepositions of the articulating panels based on the articulation command.The articulation controller 1402 can also be configured to providedifferent levels of massage to one or more users on the bed. Thearticulation command can be generated by the processor 1410 based on auser input of bed articulation settings via, e.g., the remote control1122 and/or the user computing device 1124.

Referring again to FIG. 33 , the bed system 1100 can include one or moretemperature control systems configured to increase, decrease, ormaintain the temperature of a bed, for example for the comfort of theuser. As described, such temperature control systems can include thefoot warming control system 1500 and the airflow pad control system1600.

FIG. 36 is a block diagram of an example of the foot warming controlsystem 1500 that can be associated with a bed system, including thosedescribed above with reference to FIGS. 1, 27-30, and 33 . The footwarming control system 1500 can include a foot warming controller 1502and one or more foot warming pads 1504A and 1504B that can be placed onthe top or be part of a mattress 1508 at the foot of the mattress. Themattress 1508 can be implemented by the mattress 1310 of FIG. 34 . Thefoot warming pads 1504A and 1504B can include heating elements used tokeep the pads warm at desired temperatures. The foot warming controller1502 is coupled to the foot warming pads 1504A and 1504B and operable towarm the heating elements of the pads at desired temperatures. The footwarming controller 1502 can include a processor 1512 and a memory 1514,and the processor 1512 can generate a control command to energize theheating elements according to a user input of foot temperature settingsvia, e.g., the remote control 1122 or the user computing device 1124.The foot warming controller 1502 can include a communications interface1516 to permit for the foot warming controller 1502 to communicate withother components in the bed system 1100, such as at least one of thesystems 1300, 1400, 1600, the remote control 1122, the user computingdevice 1124, and the server system 1126.

The processor 1512 can generate a foot warming command according to theuser input of foot temperature settings (e.g., via the remote control1122 or the user computing device 1124), and transmit the foot warmingcommand to the foot warming controller 1502. The foot warming controller1502 can selectively activate the heating elements of the foot warmingpads 1504A and 1504B to raise, lower, or maintain the desiredtemperatures of the foot warming pads 1504A and 1504B. The foot warmingcontroller 1502 can include a power supply 1510 to supply electronicpower to activate the heating elements of the foot warming pads 1504Aand 1504B.

In some implementations, temperature sensors 1506A and 1506B areprovided to detect the temperature at the foot warming pads 1504A and1504B, and transmit the temperature readings to the foot warmingcontroller 1502. The processor 1512 can use the temperature readings atthe foot warming pads 1504A and 1504B to adjust the operation of thepads 1504A and 1504B as necessary. Separate foot warming pads can beused for the different sides of the bed 1112 (e.g., corresponding to thelocations of the air chambers 1306A and 1306B) to provide for differingtemperature control for the different sides of the bed.

The user of the bed system 1100 can use an input device, such as theremote control 1122 and the user computing device 1124, to input adesired temperature for the foot warming at the foot of the bed. Thedesired temperature can be encapsulated in a command data structure thatincludes the desired temperature as well as identifies the foot warmingcontroller 1502 as the desired component to be controlled. The commanddata structure can then be transmitted via Bluetooth or another suitablecommunication protocol to the processor 1512. In various examples, thecommand data structure is encrypted before being transmitted. The footwarming controller 1502 can then configure its elements to increase ordecrease the temperature of the foot warming pads depending on thetemperature input into the remote control 1122 or the user computingdevice 1124 by the user.

FIG. 37 is a block diagram of an example of the airflow pad controlsystem 1600 that can be associated with a bed system, including thosedescribed above with reference to FIGS. 1-33 . The airflow pad controlsystem 1600 can include an airflow pad controller 1602 and one or moreairflow pads 1606. The airflow pads 1606A and 1606B can be arranged in amattress 1604 and configured to cool or warm at least part of themattress top. The mattress 1604 can be implemented by the mattress 1310(FIG. 34 ) or the mattress 1508 (FIG. 36 ). The airflow pads 1606A and1606B can be used together with the foot warming pads 1504A and 1504B.For example, the foot warming pads 1504A and 1504B are arranged at thefoot of the mattress, and the airflow pads 1606A and 1606B can bearranged in other areas of the mattress, such as the head of themattress or the middle section between the head and the foot of themattress. The airflow pads 1606A and 1606B can be configured to beidentical or similar to the airflow layers described herein, for examplewith reference to FIGS. 1-3, 5-13, and 31-33 . The airflow pads 1606Aand 1606B are configured to permit for ambient or conditioned air toflow therethrough so that the air can be distributed through one or morelayers above the airflow pads, or that the air can be drawn from thelayers above the airflow pads.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can be fluidly connected to the airflowpads 1606A and 1606B via air hoses 1608A and 1608B. The airflow padcontroller 1602 is configured to move ambient or conditioned air throughthe airflow pads 1606A and 1606B and further through the top layer ofthe mattress to control a temperature at a top surface of the top layer.For example, the airflow pad controller 1602 can operate to draw airfrom the airflow pads 1606A and 1606B and the top layer through the airhoses 1608A and 1608B, thereby decreasing a temperature at the topsurface of the top layer. Alternatively, the airflow pad controller 1602can operate to supply ambient or cooling air to the airflow pads 1606Aand 1606B through the air hoses 1608A and 1608B, thereby enabling suchambient or cooling air to be distributed through the top layer anddecreasing a temperature at the top surface of the top layer.Alternatively, the airflow pad controller 1602 can operate to supplyheating air to the airflow pads 1606A and 1606B through the air hoses1608A and 1608B, thereby enabling such heating air to be distributedthrough the top layer and increasing a temperature at the top surface ofthe top layer.

In some implementations, the airflow pad controller 1602 can include, orbe coupled to, an air fan 1610 and an air conditioner 1612. The airconditioner 1612 can include an air heater 1614. In addition, the airconditioner 1612 can include an air cooler 1616. The fan 1610 isconfigured to cause air to flow into or from the airflow pads 1606A and1606B. The heater 1614 is configured to heat air flowing into or fromthe airflow pads 1606A and 1606B. The cooler 1616 is configured to coolair flowing into or from the airflow pads 1606A and 1606B. The air fan1610 can be implemented by the air controller 700 described withreference to FIGS. 21-26 above. The heater 1614 can be implemented bythe heating element 716 described with reference to FIGS. 22-26 above.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can include a processor 1620, a memory1622, a fan control circuit 1624, an air conditioner control circuit1626, a communications interface 1628, one or more temperature sensors1630, one or more humidity sensors 1632, and a power supply 1634. Thefan control circuit 1624 is configured to permit communication betweenthe processor 1620 and the fan 1610 to control the fan 1610. The airconditioner control circuit 1626 is configured to permit communicationbetween the processor 1620 and the air conditioner 1612 to control theair conditioner 1612. The communications interface 1628 is configured topermit for the airflow pad controller 1602 to communicate with othercomponents in the bed system 1100, such as at least one of the systems1300, 1400, 1500, the remote control 1122, the user computing device1124, and the server system 1126.

The temperature sensors 1630 are configured and arranged to detect thetemperature of air flowing into and/or drawing from the airflow pads1606A and 1606B, the temperature of the air conditioner 1612 (e.g., theheater 1614 or the cooler 1616), the temperature of ambient air, and/orother temperatures at different locations in the bed system. Suchtemperature measurements can be used to adjust the operations of theairflow pads 1606A and 1606B and/or other components in the bed system1100. The temperature sensors 1630 can be arranged in various locations.In some implementations, one or more temperature sensors 1630 can bedisposed in a housing of the airflow pad controller 1602, which may alsohouses the air fan 1610 and/or the air conditioner 1612 (e.g., theheater 1614 and/or the cooler 1616). For example, at least one of thetemperature sensors 1630 can be arranged adjacent the fan 1610 and/orthe air conditioner 1612. In addition or alternatively, one or moretemperature sensors 1630 can be disposed outside of the mattress, suchas below the bottom of the mattress. In addition or alternatively, oneor more temperature sensors 1630 can be mounted to a desired location ofthe mattress (e.g., on the bottom of the mattress. In addition oralternatively, one or more temperature sensors 1630 can be arranged inan airflow path between the fan 1610 and the airflow pads 1606.

The humidity sensors 1632 are configured and arranged to detect thehumidity value of air flowing into and/or drawing from the airflow pads1606A and 1606B, the humidity value of ambient air, and/or the humidityvalues at different locations in the bed system. Such humiditymeasurements can be used to adjust the operations of the airflow pads1606A and 1606B and/or other components in the bed system 1100. Forexample, the processor 1620 can use the temperature measurements and/orthe humidity measurements to adjust various operations of the airflowpad controller 1602, such as conditioning air, supplying or drawing airto/from the airflow pads 1606A and 1606B, etc., and/or operations ofother components in the bed system 1100. The humidity sensors 1632 canbe arranged in various locations. In some implementations, one or morehumidity sensors 1632 can be disposed in a housing of the airflow padcontroller 1602, which may also houses the air fan 1610 and/or the airconditioner 1612 (e.g., the heater 1614 and/or the cooler 1616). Forexample, at least one of the humidity sensors 1632 can be arrangedadjacent the fan 1610 and/or the air conditioner 1612. In addition oralternatively, one or more humidity sensors 1632 can be disposed outsideof the mattress, such as below the bottom of the mattress. In additionor alternatively, one or more humidity sensors 1632 can be mounted to adesired location of the mattress (e.g., on the bottom of the mattress.In addition or alternatively, one or more humidity sensors 1632 can bearranged in an airflow path between the fan 1610 and the airflow pads1606.

Example Bed in a Bedroom Environment

FIG. 38 illustrates an example environment 1200 including a bed 1202 incommunication with devices located in and around a home. In the exampleshown, the bed 1202 includes a pump 1204 for controlling air pressurewithin two air chambers 1206 a and 1206 b (as described with respect tothe air chambers herein). The pump 1204 additionally includes circuitryfor controlling inflation and deflation functionality performed by thepump 1204. The circuitry is further programmed to detect fluctuations inair pressure of the air chambers 1206 a-b and used the detectedfluctuations in air pressure to identify bed presence of a user 1208,sleep state of the user 1208, movement of the user 1208, and biometricsignals of the user 1208 such as heart rate and respiration rate. In theexample shown, the pump 1204 is located within a support structure ofthe bed 1202 and the control circuitry 1234 for controlling the pump1204 is integrated with the pump 1204. In some implementations, thecontrol circuitry 1234 is physically separate from the pump 1204 and isin wireless or wired communication with the pump 1204. In someimplementations, the pump 1204 and/or control circuitry 1234 are locatedoutside of the bed 1202. In some implementations, various controlfunctions can be performed by systems located in different physicallocations. For example, circuitry for controlling actions of the pump1204 can be located within a pump casing of the pump 1204 while controlcircuitry 1234 for performing other functions associated with the bed1202 can be located in another portion of the bed 1202, or external tothe bed 1202. As another example, control circuitry 1234 located withinthe pump 1204 can communicate with control circuitry 1234 at a remotelocation through a LAN or WAN (e.g., the Internet). As yet anotherexample, the control circuitry 1234 can be included in the air chambercontroller 1302 of FIG. 34 .

In some implementations, one or more devices other than, or in additionto, the pump 1204 and control circuitry 1234 can be utilized to identifyuser bed presence, sleep state, movement, and biometric signals. Forexample, the bed 1202 can include a second pump in addition to the pump1204, with each of the two pumps connected to a respective one of theair chambers 1206 a-b. For example, the pump 1204 can be in fluidcommunication with the air chamber 1206 b to control inflation anddeflation of the air chamber 1206 b as well as detect user signals for auser located over the air chamber 1206 b such as bed presence, sleepstate, movement, and biometric signals while the second pump is in fluidcommunication with the air chamber 1206 a to control inflation anddeflation of the air chamber 1206 a as well as detect user signals for auser located over the air chamber 1206 a.

In addition, the bed 1202 can include airflow pads 1250 a and 1250 b (asdescribed with respect to the airflow pads herein). The bed 1202includes an air controller 1252 for controlling airflow into or from theairflow pads 1250 a and 1250 b as described herein. The air controller1252 can be located together with the pump 1204 or the control circuitry1234. In another example, the air controller 1252 can be locatedremotely from the pump 1204 and/or the control circuitry 1234. In yetanother example, the air controller 1252 can be included in the airflowpad controller 1602 of FIG. 37 .

Further, the bed 1202 can include foot warming pads 1260 a and 1260 b(as described with respect to the foot warming pads herein). Forexample, the foot warming pads 1260 can be configured similarly to thefoot heating elements 1504 or the heating units 824 described herein.Alternatively or in addition, the foot warming pads 1260 can beconfigured with the airflow pads 1250 and associated components. The bed1202 includes a foot warming control circuitry 1262 for controlling thetemperatures of the foot warming pads 1260 a and 1260 b. The footwarming controller 1262 can be located together with the pump 1204, thecontrol circuitry 1234, and/or the air controller 1252. In anotherexample, the foot warming controller 1262 can be located remotely fromthe pump 1204, the control circuitry 1234, and/or the air controller1252. In yet another example, the foot warming controller 1262 can beincluded in the foot warming controller 1502 of FIG. 36 .

Alternatively or in addition, the bed 1202 can include one or morepressure sensitive pads or surface portions that are operable to detectmovement, including user presence, user motion, respiration, and heartrate. For example, a first pressure sensitive pad can be incorporatedinto a surface of the bed 1202 over a left portion of the bed 1202,where a first user would normally be located during sleep, and a secondpressure sensitive pad can be incorporated into the surface of the bed1202 over a right portion of the bed 1202, where a second user wouldnormally be located during sleep. The movement detected by the one ormore pressure sensitive pads or surface portions can be used by controlcircuitry 1234 to identify user sleep state, bed presence, or biometricsignals.

In some implementations, information detected by the bed (e.g., motioninformation) is processed by control circuitry 1234 (e.g., controlcircuitry 1234 integrated with the pump 1204) and provided to one ormore user devices such as a user device 1210 for presentation to theuser 1208 or to other users. In the example depicted in FIG. 38 , theuser device 1210 is a tablet device; however, in some implementations,the user device 1210 can be a personal computer, a smart phone, a smarttelevision (e.g., a television 1212), or other user device capable ofwired or wireless communication with the control circuitry 1234. Theuser device 1210 can be in communication with control circuitry 1234 ofthe bed 1202 through a network or through direct point-to-pointcommunication. For example, the control circuitry 1234 can be connectedto a LAN (e.g., through a Wi-Fi router) and communicate with the userdevice 1210 through the LAN. As another example, the control circuitry1234 and the user device 1210 can both connect to the Internet andcommunicate through the Internet. For example, the control circuitry1234 can connect to the Internet through a Wi-Fi router and the userdevice 1210 can connect to the Internet through communication with acellular communication system. As another example, the control circuitry1234 can communicate directly with the user device 1210 through awireless communication protocol such as Bluetooth. As yet anotherexample, the control circuitry 1234 can communicate with the user device1210 through a wireless communication protocol such as ZigBee, Z-Wave,or another wireless communication protocol suitable for the application.As another example, the control circuitry 1234 can communicate with theuser device 1210 through a wired connection such as, for example, a USBconnector or another wired connection suitable for the application.

The user device 1210 can display a variety of information and statisticsrelated to sleep, or user 1208's interaction with the bed 1202. Forexample, a user interface displayed by the user device 1210 can presentinformation including amount of sleep for the user 1208 over a period oftime (e.g., a single evening, a week, a month, etc.) amount of deepsleep, ratio of deep sleep to restless sleep, time lapse between theuser 1208 getting into bed and the user 1208 falling asleep, totalamount of time spent in the bed 1202 for a given period of time, heartrate for the user 1208 over a period of time, respiration rate for theuser 1208 over a period of time, or other information related to userinteraction with the bed 1202 by the user 1208 or one or more otherusers of the bed 1202. In some implementations, information for multipleusers can be presented on the user device 1210, for example informationfor a first user positioned over the air chamber 1206 a can be presentedalong with information for a second user positioned over the air chamber1206 b. In some implementations, the information presented on the userdevice 1210 can vary according to the age of the user 1208. For example,the information presented on the user device 1210 can evolve with theage of the user 1208 such that different information is presented on theuser device 1210 as the user 1208 ages as a child or an adult.

The user device 1210 can also be used as an interface for the controlcircuitry 1234 of the bed 1202 to allow the user 1208 to enterinformation. The information entered by the user 1208 can be used by thecontrol circuitry 1234 to provide better information to the user or tovarious control signals for controlling functions of the bed 1202 orother devices. For example, the user can enter information such asweight, height, and age and the control circuitry 1234 can use thisinformation to provide the user 1208 with a comparison of the user'stracked sleep information to sleep information of other people havingsimilar weights, heights, and/or ages as the user 1208. As anotherexample, the user 1208 can use the user device 1210 as an interface forcontrolling air pressure of the air chambers 1206 a and 1206 b, forcontrolling various recline or incline positions of the bed 1202, forcontrolling temperature of one or more surface temperature controldevices of the bed 1202, or for allowing the control circuitry 1234 togenerate control signals for other devices (as described in greaterdetail below).

In some implementations, control circuitry 1234 of the bed 1202 (e.g.,control circuitry 1234 integrated into the pump 1204) can communicatewith other devices or systems in addition to or instead of the userdevice 1210. For example, the control circuitry 1234 can communicatewith the television 1212, a lighting system 1214, a thermostat 1216, asecurity system 1218, or other house hold devices such as an oven 1222,a coffee maker 1224, a lamp 1226, and a nightlight 1228. Other examplesof devices and/or systems that the control circuitry 1234 cancommunicate with include a system for controlling window blinds 1230,one or more devices for detecting or controlling the states of one ormore doors 1232 (such as detecting if a door is open, detecting if adoor is locked, or automatically locking a door), and a system forcontrolling a garage door 1220 (e.g., control circuitry 1234 integratedwith a garage door opener for identifying an open or closed state of thegarage door 1220 and for causing the garage door opener to open or closethe garage door 1220). Communications between the control circuitry 1234of the bed 1202 and other devices can occur through a network (e.g., aLAN or the Internet) or as point-to-point communication (e.g., usingBluetooth, radio communication, or a wired connection). In someimplementations, control circuitry 1234 of different beds 1202 cancommunicate with different sets of devices. For example, a kid bed maynot communicate with and/or control the same devices as an adult bed. Insome embodiments, the bed 1202 can evolve with the age of the user suchthat the control circuitry 1234 of the bed 1202 communicates withdifferent devices as a function of age of the user.

The control circuitry 1234 can receive information and inputs from otherdevices/systems and use the received information and inputs to controlactions of the bed 1202 or other devices. For example, the controlcircuitry 1234 can receive information from the thermostat 1216indicating a current environmental temperature for a house or room inwhich the bed 1202 is located. The control circuitry 1234 can use thereceived information (along with other information) to determine if atemperature of all or a portion of the surface of the bed 1202 should beraised or lowered. The control circuitry 1234 can then cause a heatingor cooling mechanism (e.g., the foot warming system and/or the airflowsystem described herein) of the bed 1202 to raise or lower thetemperature of the surface of the bed 1202. For example, the user 1208can indicate a desired sleeping temperature of 74 degrees while a seconduser of the bed 1202 indicates a desired sleeping temperature of 72degrees. The thermostat 1216 can indicate to the control circuitry 1234that the current temperature of the bedroom is 72 degrees. The controlcircuitry 1234 can identify that the user 1208 has indicated a desiredsleeping temperature of 74 degrees, and send control signals to aheating device (e.g., the foot warming pad and/or the airflow paddescribed herein) located on the user's side of the bed to raise thetemperature of the portion (e.g., the foot or the middle) of the surfaceof the bed 1202 where the user 1208 is located to raise the temperatureof the user's sleeping surface to the desired temperature.

The control circuitry 1234 can also generate control signals controllingother devices and propagate the control signals to the other devices. Insome implementations, the control signals are generated based oninformation collected by the control circuitry 1234, includinginformation related to user interaction with the bed 1202 by the user1208 and/or one or more other users. In some implementations,information collected from one or more other devices other than the bed1202 are used when generating the control signals. For example,information relating to environmental occurrences (e.g., environmentaltemperature, environmental noise level, and environmental light level),time of day, time of year, day of the week, or other information can beused when generating control signals for various devices incommunication with the control circuitry 1234 of the bed 1202. Forexample, information on the time of day can be combined with informationrelating to movement and bed presence of the user 1208 to generatecontrol signals for the lighting system 1214. In some implementations,rather than or in addition to providing control signals for one or moreother devices, the control circuitry 1234 can provide collectedinformation (e.g., information related to user movement, bed presence,sleep state, or biometric signals for the user 1208) to one or moreother devices to allow the one or more other devices to utilize thecollected information when generating control signals. For example,control circuitry 1234 of the bed 1202 can provide information relatingto user interactions with the bed 1202 by the user 1208 to a centralcontroller (not shown) that can use the provided information to generatecontrol signals for various devices, including the bed 1202.

Still referring to FIG. 38 , the control circuitry 1234 of the bed 1202can generate control signals for controlling actions of other devices,and transmit the control signals to the other devices in response toinformation collected by the control circuitry 1234, including bedpresence of the user 1208, sleep state of the user 1208, and otherfactors. For example, control circuitry 1234 integrated with the pump1204 can detect a feature of a mattress of the bed 1202, such as anincrease in pressure in the air chamber 1206 b, and use this detectedincrease in air pressure to determine that the user 1208 is present onthe bed 1202. In some implementations, the control circuitry 1234 canidentify a heart rate or respiratory rate for the user 1208 to identifythat the increase in pressure is due to a person sitting, laying, orotherwise resting on the bed 1202 rather than an inanimate object (suchas a suitcase) having been placed on the bed 1202. In someimplementations, the information indicating user bed presence iscombined with other information to identify a current or future likelystate for the user 1208. For example, a detected user bed presence at11:00 am can indicate that the user is sitting on the bed (e.g., to tieher shoes, or to read a book) and does not intend to go to sleep, whilea detected user bed presence at 10:00 pm can indicate that the user 1208is in bed for the evening and is intending to fall asleep soon. Asanother example, if the control circuitry 1234 detects that the user1208 has left the bed 1202 at 6:30 am (e.g., indicating that the user1208 has woken up for the day), and then later detects user bed presenceof the user 1208 at 7:30 am, the control circuitry 1234 can use thisinformation that the newly detected user bed presence is likelytemporary (e.g., while the user 1208 ties her shoes before heading towork) rather than an indication that the user 1208 is intending to stayon the bed 1202 for an extended period.

In some implementations, the control circuitry 1234 can use collectedinformation (including information related to user interaction with thebed 1202 by the user 1208, as well as environmental information, timeinformation, and input received from the user) to identify use patternsfor the user 1208. For example, the control circuitry 1234 can useinformation indicating bed presence and sleep states for the user 1208collected over a period of time to identify a sleep pattern for theuser. For example, the control circuitry 1234 can identify that the user1208 generally goes to bed between 9:30 pm and 10:00 pm, generally fallsasleep between pm and 11:00 pm, and generally wakes up between 6:30 amand 6:45 am based on information indicating user presence and biometricsfor the user 1208 collected over a week. The control circuitry 1234 canuse identified patterns for a user to better process and identify userinteractions with the bed 1202 by the user 1208.

For example, given the above example user bed presence, sleep, and wakepatterns for the user 1208, if the user 1208 is detected as being on thebed at 12:00 pm, the control circuitry 1234 can determine that theuser's presence on the bed is only temporary, and use this determinationto generate different control signals than would be generated if thecontrol circuitry 1234 determined that the user 1208 was in bed for theevening. As another example, if the control circuitry 1234 detects thatthe user 1208 has gotten out of bed at 12:00 am, the control circuitry1234 can use identified patterns for the user 1208 to determine that theuser has only gotten up temporarily (for example, to use the rest room,or get a glass of water) and is not up for the day. By contrast, if thecontrol circuitry 1234 identifies that the user 1208 has gotten out ofthe bed 1202 at 6:40 am, the control circuitry 1234 can determine thatthe user is up for the day and generate a different set of controlsignals than those that would be generated if it were determined thatthe user 1208 were only getting out of bed temporarily (as would be thecase when the user 1208 gets out of the bed 1202 at 12:00 am). For otherusers 1208, getting out of the bed 1202 at 12:00 am can be the normalwake-up time, which the control circuitry 1234 can learn and respond toaccordingly.

As described above, the control circuitry 1234 for the bed 1202 cangenerate control signals for control functions of various other devices.The control signals can be generated, at least in part, based ondetected interactions by the user 1208 with the bed 1202, as well asother information including time, date, temperature, etc. For example,the control circuitry 1234 can communicate with the television 1212,receive information from the television 1212, and generate controlsignals for controlling functions of the television 1212. For example,the control circuitry 1234 can receive an indication from the television1212 that the television 1212 is currently on. If the television 1212 islocated in a different room from the bed 1202, the control circuitry1234 can generate a control signal to turn the television 1212 off uponmaking a determination that the user 1208 has gone to bed for theevening. For example, if bed presence of the user 1208 on the bed 1202is detected during a particular time range (e.g., between 8:00 pm and7:00 am) and persists for longer than a threshold period of time (e.g.,10 minutes) the control circuitry 1234 can use this information todetermine that the user 1208 is in bed for the evening. If thetelevision 1212 is on (as indicated by communications received by thecontrol circuitry 1234 of the bed 1202 from the television 1212) thecontrol circuitry 1234 can generate a control signal to turn thetelevision 1212 off. The control signals can then be transmitted to thetelevision (e.g., through a directed communication link between thetelevision 1212 and the control circuitry 1234 or through a network). Asanother example, rather than turning off the television 1212 in responseto detection of user bed presence, the control circuitry 1234 cangenerate a control signal that causes the volume of the television 1212to be lowered by a pre-specified amount.

As another example, upon detecting that the user 1208 has left the bed1202 during a specified time range (e.g., between 6:00 am and 8:00 am)the control circuitry 1234 can generate control signals to cause thetelevision 1212 to turn on and tune to a pre-specified channel (e.g.,the user 1208 has indicated a preference for watching the morning newsupon getting out of bed in the morning). The control circuitry 1234 cangenerate the control signal and transmit the signal to the television1212 to cause the television 1212 to turn on and tune to the desiredstation (which could be stored at the control circuitry 1234, thetelevision 1212, or another location). As another example, upondetecting that the user 1208 has gotten up for the day, the controlcircuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals to cause thetelevision 1212 to turn on and begin playing a previously recordedprogram from a digital video recorder (DVR) in communication with thetelevision 1212.

As another example, if the television 1212 is in the same room as thebed 1202, the control circuitry 1234 does not cause the television 1212to turn off in response to detection of user bed presence. Rather, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals tocause the television 1212 to turn off in response to determining thatthe user 1208 is asleep. For example, the control circuitry 1234 canmonitor biometric signals of the user 1208 (e.g., motion, heart rate,respiration rate) to determine that the user 1208 has fallen asleep.Upon detecting that the user 1208 is sleeping, the control circuitry1234 generates and transmits a control signal to turn the television1212 off. As another example, the control circuitry 1234 can generatethe control signal to turn off the television 1212 after a thresholdperiod of time after the user 1208 has fallen asleep (e.g., 10 minutesafter the user has fallen asleep). As another example, the controlcircuitry 1234 generates control signals to lower the volume of thetelevision 1212 after determining that the user 1208 is asleep. As yetanother example, the control circuitry 1234 generates and transmits acontrol signal to cause the television to gradually lower in volume overa period of time and then turn off in response to determining that theuser 1208 is asleep.

In some implementations, the control circuitry 1234 can similarlyinteract with other media devices, such as computers, tablets, smartphones, stereo systems, etc. For example, upon detecting that the user1208 is asleep, the control circuitry 1234 can generate and transmit acontrol signal to the user device 1210 to cause the user device 1210 toturn off, or turn down the volume on a video or audio file being playedby the user device 1210.

The control circuitry 1234 can additionally communicate with thelighting system 1214, receive information from the lighting system 1214,and generate control signals for controlling functions of the lightingsystem 1214. For example, upon detecting user bed presence on the bed1202 during a certain time frame (e.g., between 8:00 pm and 7:00 am)that lasts for longer than a threshold period of time (e.g., 10 minutes)the control circuitry 1234 of the bed 1202 can determine that the user1208 is in bed for the evening. In response to this determination, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can generate control signals to cause lights inone or more rooms other than the room in which the bed 1202 is locatedto switch off. The control signals can then be transmitted to thelighting system 1214 and executed by the lighting system 1214 to causethe lights in the indicated rooms to shut off. For example, the controlcircuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals to turn offlights in all common rooms, but not in other bedrooms. As anotherexample, the control signals generated by the control circuitry 1234 canindicate that lights in all rooms other than the room in which the bed1202 is located are to be turned off, while one or more lights locatedoutside of the house containing the bed 1202 are to be turned on, inresponse to determining that the user 1208 is in bed for the evening.Additionally, the control circuitry 1234 can generate and transmitcontrol signals to cause the nightlight 1228 to turn on in response todetermining user 1208 bed presence or whether the user 1208 is asleep.As another example, the control circuitry 1234 can generate firstcontrol signals for turning off a first set of lights (e.g., lights incommon rooms) in response to detecting user bed presence, and secondcontrol signals for turning off a second set of lights (e.g., lights inthe room in which the bed 1202 is located) in response to detecting thatthe user 1208 is asleep.

In some implementations, in response to determining that the user 1208is in bed for the evening, the control circuitry 1234 of the bed 1202can generate control signals to cause the lighting system 1214 toimplement a sunset lighting scheme in the room in which the bed 1202 islocated. A sunset lighting scheme can include, for example, dimming thelights (either gradually over time, or all at once) in combination withchanging the color of the light in the bedroom environment, such asadding an amber hue to the lighting in the bedroom. The sunset lightingscheme can help to put the user 1208 to sleep when the control circuitry1234 has determined that the user 1208 is in bed for the evening.

The control circuitry 1234 can also be configured to implement a sunriselighting scheme when the user 1208 wakes up in the morning. The controlcircuitry 1234 can determine that the user 1208 is awake for the day,for example, by detecting that the user 1208 has gotten off of the bed1202 (i.e., is no longer present on the bed 1202) during a specifiedtime frame (e.g., between 6:00 am and 8:00 am). As another example, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can monitor movement, heart rate, respiratoryrate, or other biometric signals of the user 1208 to determine that theuser 1208 is awake even though the user 1208 has not gotten out of bed.If the control circuitry 1234 detects that the user is awake during aspecified time frame, the control circuitry 1234 can determine that theuser 1208 is awake for the day. The specified time frame can be, forexample, based on previously recorded user bed presence informationcollected over a period of time (e.g., two weeks) that indicates thatthe user 1208 usually wakes up for the day between 6:30 am and 7:30 am.In response to the control circuitry 1234 determining that the user 1208is awake, the control circuitry 1234 can generate control signals tocause the lighting system 1214 to implement the sunrise lighting schemein the bedroom in which the bed 1202 is located. The sunrise lightingscheme can include, for example, turning on lights (e.g., the lamp 1226,or other lights in the bedroom). The sunrise lighting scheme can furtherinclude gradually increasing the level of light in the room where thebed 1202 is located (or in one or more other rooms). The sunriselighting scheme can also include only turning on lights of specifiedcolors. For example, the sunrise lighting scheme can include lightingthe bedroom with blue light to gently assist the user 1208 in waking upand becoming active.

In some implementations, the control circuitry 1234 can generatedifferent control signals for controlling actions of one or morecomponents, such as the lighting system 1214, depending on a time of daythat user interactions with the bed 1202 are detected. For example, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can use historical user interaction informationfor interactions between the user 1208 and the bed 1202 to determinethat the user 1208 usually falls asleep between 10:00 pm and 11:00 pmand usually wakes up between 6:30 am and 7:30 am on weekdays. Thecontrol circuitry 1234 can use this information to generate a first setof control signals for controlling the lighting system 1214 if the user1208 is detected as getting out of bed at 12:00 am and to generate asecond set of control signals for controlling the lighting system 1214if the user 1208 is detected as getting out of bed after 6:30 am. Forexample, if the user 1208 gets out of bed prior to 6:30 am, the controlcircuitry 1234 can turn on lights that guide the user 1208's route to arestroom. As another example, if the user 1208 gets out of bed prior to6:30 am, the control circuitry 1234 can turn on lights that guide theuser 1208's route to the kitchen (which can include, for example,turning on the nightlight 1228, turning on under bed lighting, orturning on the lamp 1226).

As another example, if the user 1208 gets out of bed after 6:30 am, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can generate control signals to cause thelighting system 1214 to initiate a sunrise lighting scheme, or to turnon one or more lights in the bedroom and/or other rooms. In someimplementations, if the user 1208 is detected as getting out of bedprior to a specified morning rise time for the user 1208, the controlcircuitry 1234 causes the lighting system 1214 to turn on lights thatare dimmer than lights that are turned on by the lighting system 1214 ifthe user 1208 is detected as getting out of bed after the specifiedmorning rise time. Causing the lighting system 1214 to only turn on dimlights when the user 1208 gets out of bed during the night (i.e., priorto normal rise time for the user 1208) can prevent other occupants ofthe house from being woken by the lights while still allowing the user1208 to see in order to reach the restroom, kitchen, or anotherdestination within the house.

The historical user interaction information for interactions between theuser 1208 and the bed 1202 can be used to identify user sleep and awaketime frames. For example, user bed presence times and sleep times can bedetermined for a set period of time (e.g., two weeks, a month, etc.).The control circuitry 1234 can then identify a typical time range ortime frame in which the user 1208 goes to bed, a typical time frame forwhen the user 1208 falls asleep, and a typical time frame for when theuser 1208 wakes up (and in some cases, different time frames for whenthe user 1208 wakes up and when the user 1208 actually gets out of bed).In some implementations, buffer time can be added to these time frames.For example, if the user is identified as typically going to bed between10:00 pm and 10:30 pm, a buffer of a half hour in each direction can beadded to the time frame such that any detection of the user getting ontothe bed between 9:30 pm and 11:00 pm is interpreted as the user 1208going to bed for the evening. As another example, detection of bedpresence of the user 1208 starting from a half hour before the earliesttypical time that the user 1208 goes to bed extending until the typicalwake up time (e.g., 6:30 am) for the user can be interpreted as the usergoing to bed for the evening. For example, if the user typically goes tobed between 10:00 pm and 10:30 pm, if the user's bed presence is sensedat 12:30 am one night, that can be interpreted as the user getting intobed for the evening even though this is outside of the user's typicaltime frame for going to bed because it has occurred prior to the user'snormal wake up time. In some implementations, different time frames areidentified for different times of the year (e.g., earlier bed timeduring winter vs. summer) or at different times of the week (e.g., userwakes up earlier on weekdays than on weekends).

The control circuitry 1234 can distinguish between the user 1208 goingto bed for an extended period (such as for the night) as opposed tobeing present on the bed 1202 for a shorter period (such as for a nap)by sensing duration of presence of the user 1208. In some examples, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can distinguish between the user 1208 going tobed for an extended period (such as for the night) as opposed to goingto bed for a shorter period (such as for a nap) by sensing duration ofsleep of the user 1208. For example, the control circuitry 1234 can seta time threshold whereby if the user 1208 is sensed on the bed 1202 forlonger than the threshold, the user 1208 is considered to have gone tobed for the night. In some examples, the threshold can be about 2 hours,whereby if the user 1208 is sensed on the bed 1202 for greater than 2hours, the control circuitry 1234 registers that as an extended sleepevent. In other examples, the threshold can be greater than or less thantwo hours.

The control circuitry 1234 can detect repeated extended sleep events todetermine a typical bed time range of the user 1208 automatically,without requiring the user 1208 to enter a bed time range. This canallow the control circuitry 1234 to accurately estimate when the user1208 is likely to go to bed for an extended sleep event, regardless ofwhether the user 1208 typically goes to bed using a traditional sleepschedule or a non-traditional sleep schedule. The control circuitry 1234can then use knowledge of the bed time range of the user 1208 to controlone or more components (including components of the bed 1202 and/ornon-bed peripherals) differently based on sensing bed presence duringthe bed time range or outside of the bed time range.

In some examples, the control circuitry 1234 can automatically determinethe bed time range of the user 1208 without requiring user inputs. Insome examples, the control circuitry 1234 can determine the bed timerange of the user 1208 automatically and in combination with userinputs. In some examples, the control circuitry 1234 can set the bedtime range directly according to user inputs. In some examples, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can associate different bed times with differentdays of the week. In each of these examples, the control circuitry 1234can control one or more components (such as the lighting system 1214,the thermostat 1216, the security system 1218, the oven 1222, the coffeemaker 1224, the lamp 1226, and the nightlight 1228), as a function ofsensed bed presence and the bed time range.

The control circuitry 1234 can additionally communicate with thethermostat 1216, receive information from the thermostat 1216, andgenerate control signals for controlling functions of the thermostat1216. For example, the user 1208 can indicate user preferences fordifferent temperatures at different times, depending on the sleep stateor bed presence of the user 1208. For example, the user 1208 may preferan environmental temperature of 72 degrees when out of bed, 70 degreeswhen in bed but awake, and 68 degrees when sleeping. The controlcircuitry 1234 of the bed 1202 can detect bed presence of the user 1208in the evening and determine that the user 1208 is in bed for the night.In response to this determination, the control circuitry 1234 cangenerate control signals to cause the thermostat to change thetemperature to 70 degrees. The control circuitry 1234 can then transmitthe control signals to the thermostat 1216. Upon detecting that the user1208 is in bed during the bed time range or asleep, the controlcircuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals to cause thethermostat 1216 to change the temperature to 68. The next morning, upondetermining that the user is awake for the day (e.g., the user 1208 getsout of bed after 6:30 am) the control circuitry 1234 can generate andtransmit control circuitry 1234 to cause the thermostat to change thetemperature to 72 degrees.

In some implementations, the control circuitry 1234 can similarlygenerate control signals to cause one or more heating or coolingelements (e.g., the foot warming pads and/or the airflow pads describedherein) on the surface of the bed 1202 to change temperature at varioustimes, either in response to user interaction with the bed 1202 or atvarious pre-programmed times. For example, the control circuitry 1234can activate a heating element to raise the temperature of one side ofthe surface of the bed 1202 to 73 degrees when it is detected that theuser 1208 has fallen asleep. As another example, upon determining thatthe user 1208 is up for the day, the control circuitry 1234 can turn offa heating or cooling element. As yet another example, the user 1208 canpre-program various times at which the temperature at the surface of thebed should be raised or lowered. For example, the user can program thebed 1202 to raise the surface temperature to 76 degrees at 10:00 pm, andlower the surface temperature to 68 degrees at 11:30 pm.

In some implementations, in response to detecting user bed presence ofthe user 1208 and/or that the user 1208 is asleep, the control circuitry1234 can cause the thermostat 1216 to change the temperature indifferent rooms to different values. For example, in response todetermining that the user 1208 is in bed for the evening, the controlcircuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals to cause thethermostat 1216 to set the temperature in one or more bedrooms of thehouse to 72 degrees and set the temperature in other rooms to 67degrees.

The control circuitry 1234 can also receive temperature information fromthe thermostat 1216 and use this temperature information to controlfunctions of the bed 1202 or other devices. For example, as discussedabove, the control circuitry 1234 can adjust temperatures of heatingelements included in the bed 1202 in response to temperature informationreceived from the thermostat 1216.

In some implementations, the control circuitry 1234 can generate andtransmit control signals for controlling other temperature controlsystems. For example, in response to determining that the user 1208 isawake for the day, the control circuitry 1234 can generate and transmitcontrol signals for causing floor heating elements to activate. Forexample, the control circuitry 1234 can cause a floor heating system fora master bedroom to turn on in response to determining that the user1208 is awake for the day.

The control circuitry 1234 can additionally communicate with thesecurity system 1218, receive information from the security system 1218,and generate control signals for controlling functions of the securitysystem 1218. For example, in response to detecting that the user 1208 inis bed for the evening, the control circuitry 1234 can generate controlsignals to cause the security system to engage or disengage securityfunctions. The control circuitry 1234 can then transmit the controlsignals to the security system 1218 to cause the security system 1218 toengage. As another example, the control circuitry 1234 can generate andtransmit control signals to cause the security system 1218 to disable inresponse to determining that the user 1208 is awake for the day (e.g.,user 1208 is no longer present on the bed 1202 after 6:00 am). In someimplementations, the control circuitry 1234 can generate and transmit afirst set of control signals to cause the security system 1218 to engagea first set of security features in response to detecting user bedpresence of the user 1208, and can generate and transmit a second set ofcontrol signals to cause the security system 1218 to engage a second setof security features in response to detecting that the user 1208 hasfallen asleep.

In some implementations, the control circuitry 1234 can receive alertsfrom the security system 1218 and indicate the alert to the user 1208.For example, the control circuitry 1234 can detect that the user 1208 isin bed for the evening and in response, generate and transmit controlsignals to cause the security system 1218 to engage or disengage. Thesecurity system can then detect a security breach (e.g., someone hasopened the door 1232 without entering the security code, or someone hasopened a window when the security system 1218 is engaged). The securitysystem 1218 can communicate the security breach to the control circuitry1234 of the bed 1202. In response to receiving the communication fromthe security system 1218, the control circuitry 1234 can generatecontrol signals to alert the user 1208 to the security breach. Forexample, the control circuitry 1234 can cause the bed 1202 to vibrate.As another example, the control circuitry 1234 can cause portions of thebed 1202 to articulate (e.g., cause the head section to raise or lower)in order to wake the user 1208 and alert the user to the securitybreach. As another example, the control circuitry 1234 can generate andtransmit control signals to cause the lamp 1226 to flash on and off atregular intervals to alert the user 1208 to the security breach. Asanother example, the control circuitry 1234 can alert the user 1208 ofone bed 1202 regarding a security breach in a bedroom of another bed,such as an open window in a kid's bedroom. As another example, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can send an alert to a garage door controller(e.g., to close and lock the door). As another example, the controlcircuitry 1234 can send an alert for the security to be disengaged.

The control circuitry 1234 can additionally generate and transmitcontrol signals for controlling the garage door 1220 and receiveinformation indicating a state of the garage door 1220 (i.e., open orclosed). For example, in response to determining that the user 1208 isin bed for the evening, the control circuitry 1234 can generate andtransmit a request to a garage door opener or another device capable ofsensing if the garage door 1220 is open. The control circuitry 1234 canrequest information on the current state of the garage door 1220. If thecontrol circuitry 1234 receives a response (e.g., from the garage dooropener) indicating that the garage door 1220 is open, the controlcircuitry 1234 can either notify the user 1208 that the garage door isopen, or generate a control signal to cause the garage door opener toclose the garage door 1220. For example, the control circuitry 1234 cansend a message to the user device 1210 indicating that the garage dooris open. As another example, the control circuitry 1234 can cause thebed 1202 to vibrate. As yet another example, the control circuitry 1234can generate and transmit a control signal to cause the lighting system1214 to cause one or more lights in the bedroom to flash to alert theuser 1208 to check the user device 1210 for an alert (in this example,an alert regarding the garage door 1220 being open). Alternatively, oradditionally, the control circuitry 1234 can generate and transmitcontrol signals to cause the garage door opener to close the garage door1220 in response to identifying that the user 1208 is in bed for theevening and that the garage door 1220 is open. In some implementations,control signals can vary depend on the age of the user 1208.

The control circuitry 1234 can similarly send and receive communicationsfor controlling or receiving state information associated with the door1232 or the oven 1222. For example, upon detecting that the user 1208 isin bed for the evening, the control circuitry 1234 can generate andtransmit a request to a device or system for detecting a state of thedoor 1232. Information returned in response to the request can indicatevarious states for the door 1232 such as open, closed but unlocked, orclosed and locked. If the door 1232 is open or closed but unlocked, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can alert the user 1208 to the state of the door,such as in a manner described above with reference to the garage door1220. Alternatively, or in addition to alerting the user 1208, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals tocause the door 1232 to lock, or to close and lock. If the door 1232 isclosed and locked, the control circuitry 1234 can determine that nofurther action is needed.

Similarly, upon detecting that the user 1208 is in bed for the evening,the control circuitry 1234 can generate and transmit a request to theoven 1222 to request a state of the oven 1222 (e.g., on or off). If theoven 1222 is on, the control circuitry 1234 can alert the user 1208and/or generate and transmit control signals to cause the oven 1222 toturn off. If the oven is already off, the control circuitry 1234 candetermine that no further action is necessary. In some implementations,different alerts can be generated for different events. For example, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can cause the lamp 1226 (or one or more otherlights, via the lighting system 1214) to flash in a first pattern if thesecurity system 1218 has detected a breach, flash in a second pattern ifgarage door 1220 is on, flash in a third pattern if the door 1232 isopen, flash in a fourth pattern if the oven 1222 is on, and flash in afifth pattern if another bed has detected that a user of that bed hasgotten up (e.g., that a child of the user 1208 has gotten out of bed inthe middle of the night as sensed by a sensor in the bed 1202 of thechild). Other examples of alerts that can be processed by the controlcircuitry 1234 of the bed 1202 and communicated to the user include asmoke detector detecting smoke (and communicating this detection ofsmoke to the control circuitry 1234), a carbon monoxide tester detectingcarbon monoxide, a heater malfunctioning, or an alert from any otherdevice capable of communicating with the control circuitry 1234 anddetecting an occurrence that should be brought to the user 1208'sattention.

The control circuitry 1234 can also communicate with a system or devicefor controlling a state of the window blinds 1230. For example, inresponse to determining that the user 1208 is in bed for the evening,the control circuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals tocause the window blinds 1230 to close. As another example, in responseto determining that the user 1208 is up for the day (e.g., user hasgotten out of bed after 6:30 am) the control circuitry 1234 can generateand transmit control signals to cause the window blinds 1230 to open. Bycontrast, if the user 1208 gets out of bed prior to a normal rise timefor the user 1208, the control circuitry 1234 can determine that theuser 1208 is not awake for the day and does not generate control signalsfor causing the window blinds 1230 to open. As yet another example, thecontrol circuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals thatcause a first set of blinds to close in response to detecting user bedpresence of the user 1208 and a second set of blinds to close inresponse to detecting that the user 1208 is asleep.

The control circuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals forcontrolling functions of other household devices in response todetecting user interactions with the bed 1202. For example, in responseto determining that the user 1208 is awake for the day, the controlcircuitry 1234 can generate and transmit control signals to the coffeemaker 1224 to cause the coffee maker 1224 to begin brewing coffee. Asanother example, the control circuitry 1234 can generate and transmitcontrol signals to the oven 1222 to cause the oven to begin preheating(for users that like fresh baked bread in the morning). As anotherexample, the control circuitry 1234 can use information indicating thatthe user 1208 is awake for the day along with information indicatingthat the time of year is currently winter and/or that the outsidetemperature is below a threshold value to generate and transmit controlsignals to cause a car engine block heater to turn on.

Additionally, functions of the bed 1202 are controlled by the controlcircuitry 1234 in response to user interactions with the bed 1202. Forexample, the bed 1202 can include an adjustable foundation and anarticulation controller configured to adjust the position of one or moreportions of the bed 1202 by adjusting the adjustable foundation thatsupports the bed. For example, the articulation controller can adjustthe bed 1202 from a flat position to a position in which a head portionof a mattress of the bed 1202 is inclined upward (e.g., to facilitate auser sitting up in bed and/or watching television). In someimplementations, the bed 1202 includes multiple separately articulablesections. For example, portions of the bed corresponding to thelocations of the air chambers 1206 a and 1206 b can be articulatedindependently from each other, to allow one person positioned on the bed1202 surface to rest in a first position (e.g., a flat position) while asecond person rests in a second position (e.g., a reclining positionwith the head raised at an angle from the waist). In someimplementations, separate positions can be set for two different beds(e.g., two twin beds placed next to each other). The foundation of thebed 1202 can include more than one zone that can be independentlyadjusted. The articulation controller can also be configured to providedifferent levels of massage to one or more users on the bed 1202 or tocause the bed to vibrate to communicate alerts to the user 1208 asdescribed above.

The control circuitry 1234 can adjust positions (e.g., incline anddecline positions for the user 1208 and/or an additional user of the bed1202) in response to user interactions with the bed 1202. For example,the control circuitry 1234 can cause the articulation controller toadjust the bed 1202 to a first recline position for the user 1208 inresponse to sensing user bed presence for the user 1208. The controlcircuitry 1234 can cause the articulation controller to adjust the bed1202 to a second recline position (e.g., a less reclined, or flatposition) in response to determining that the user 1208 is asleep. Asanother example, the control circuitry 1234 can receive a communicationfrom the television 1212 indicating that the user 1208 has turned offthe television 1212, and in response the control circuitry 1234 cancause the articulation controller to adjust the position of the bed 1202to a preferred user sleeping position (e.g., due to the user turning offthe television 1212 while the user 1208 is in bed indicating that theuser 1208 wishes to go to sleep).

In some implementations, the control circuitry 1234 can control thearticulation controller so as to wake up one user of the bed 1202without waking another user of the bed 1202. For example, the user 1208and a second user of the bed 1202 can each set distinct wakeup times(e.g., 6:30 am and 7:15 am respectively). When the wakeup time for theuser 1208 is reached, the control circuitry 1234 can cause thearticulation controller to vibrate or change the position of only a sideof the bed on which the user 1208 is located to wake the user 1208without disturbing the second user. When the wakeup time for the seconduser is reached, the control circuitry 1234 can cause the articulationcontroller to vibrate or change the position of only the side of the bedon which the second user is located. Alternatively, when the secondwakeup time occurs, the control circuitry 1234 can utilize other methods(such as audio alarms, or turning on the lights) to wake the second usersince the user 1208 is already awake and therefore will not be disturbedwhen the control circuitry 1234 attempts to wake the second user.

Still referring to FIG. 38 , the control circuitry 1234 for the bed 1202can utilize information for interactions with the bed 1202 by multipleusers to generate control signals for controlling functions of variousother devices. For example, the control circuitry 1234 can wait togenerate control signals for, for example, engaging the security system1218, or instructing the lighting system 1214 to turn off lights invarious rooms until both the user 1208 and a second user are detected asbeing present on the bed 1202. As another example, the control circuitry1234 can generate a first set of control signals to cause the lightingsystem 1214 to turn off a first set of lights upon detecting bedpresence of the user 1208 and generate a second set of control signalsfor turning off a second set of lights in response to detecting bedpresence of a second user. As another example, the control circuitry1234 can wait until it has been determined that both the user 1208 and asecond user are awake for the day before generating control signals toopen the window blinds 1230. As yet another example, in response todetermining that the user 1208 has left the bed and is awake for theday, but that a second user is still sleeping, the control circuitry1234 can generate and transmit a first set of control signals to causethe coffee maker 1224 to begin brewing coffee, to cause the securitysystem 1218 to deactivate, to turn on the lamp 1226, to turn off thenightlight 1228, to cause the thermostat 1216 to raise the temperaturein one or more rooms to 72 degrees, and to open blinds (e.g., the windowblinds 1230) in rooms other than the bedroom in which the bed 1202 islocated. Later, in response to detecting that the second user is nolonger present on the bed (or that the second user is awake) the controlcircuitry 1234 can generate and transmit a second set of control signalsto, for example, cause the lighting system 1214 to turn on one or morelights in the bedroom, to cause window blinds in the bedroom to open,and to turn on the television 1212 to a pre-specified channel.

Closed Loop Control (Feature Group #6)

FIG. 39A illustrates an example method 1700 for operating the airflowpad controller 1602 to control a microclimate of the mattress 1604. Theairflow pad controller 1602 can draw ambient or conditioned air from, orsupply ambient or conditioned air to, the airflow pad 1606 (alsoreferred to as an air layer) arranged in the mattress 1604 (e.g., belowthe top of the mattress) to control the temperature at the top surfaceof the mattress.

In some implementations, the airflow pad controller 1602 can operate tocondition air (Step A). The air can be conditioned based on one or morevalues that can be set by a user via, e.g., the remote control or theuser computing device. Alternatively, the values can be automaticallydetermined to satisfy the user profile or preference. Examples of suchvalues include temperature values, humidity, and other suitable valuesthat can be manually or automatically determined. In someimplementations, the controller 1602 can heat air at a temperature thatis set by a user or automatically determined for optimally controllingthe microclimate of the mattress 1604. For example, the controller 1602includes the heater 1614 activated to heat air as the fan 1610 drivesthe air to pass through or around the heater. In other implementations,the controller 1602 can cool air at a temperature that is manually setor automatically determined for improved or optimal microclimate controlof the mattress. For example, the controller 1602 can include the cooler1616 activated to cool air as the fan drives the air to pass through oraround the cooler.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can drive air (Step B) so that the airis supplied to the airflow pad 1606 of the mattress 1604 (Step C). Inembodiments where the air is conditioned (as described in Step A), theairflow pad controller 1602 operates to supply the conditioned air tothe airflow pad 1606. In other embodiments, the controller 1602 canoperate to supply ambient air to the airflow pad 1606. For example, thecontroller 1602 activates the fan 1610 at a desired speed to drive theambient or conditioned air to the airflow pad 1606.

The airflow pad controller 1602 operates to detect one or morecharacteristics of the air supplied from the controller 1602 (Step D).In some implementations, the airflow pad controller 1602 can detect atemperature of the supplied air. For example, the temperature sensor1630 of the controller 1602 can be used to detect the temperature of thesupplied air. Alternatively or in addition, the airflow pad controller1602 can detect a humidity of the supplied air using, for example, thehumidity sensor 1632. Other characteristics of the supplied air can alsobe detected for various purposes.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can draw air (Step E) so that air issampled from the airflow pad 1606 (Step F). For example, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can operate the air fan 1610 in a reverse direction todraw air from the airflow pad 1606. Alternatively, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can include another fan that is separate from the airfan 1610 and operates in an opposite direction to draw air from theairflow pad 1606. The drawing of air can be performed for apredetermined period of time, which can be relatively short to draw asmall amount of air from the airflow pad 1606 for sampling.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can detect one or more characteristicsof the sample air (Step G). In some implementations, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can detect a temperature of the sample air using, forexample, the temperature sensor 1630. Alternatively or in addition, theairflow pad controller 1602 can detect a humidity of the sample airusing, for example, the humidity sensor 1632. Other characteristics ofthe supplied air can also be detected for various purposes.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can analyze the supplied air and/or thesample air (Step H). In some implementations, the airflow pad controller1602 can compare the value(s) of the detected characteristic(s) of thesupplied air with predetermined value(s) and identify any differencebetween the values. Alternatively or in addition, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can compare the value(s) of the detectedcharacteristic(s) of the sample air with predetermined value(s) andidentify any difference between the values. The predetermined values canrepresent values for achieving desired microclimate control at the bed.For example, the predetermined values can include a predetermined airtemperature value (e.g., at the location of the temperature sensor)required to achieve a desired temperature and/or humidity at aparticular area in the bed (e.g., at the top of the mattress). Inanother example, the predetermined values can include a predeterminedair humidity value (e.g., at the location of the temperature sensor)required to achieve a desired temperature and/or humidity at theparticular area in the bed (e.g., at the top of the mattress).

Alternatively or in addition, the airflow pad controller 1602 cancompare the value(s) of the detected characteristic(s) of the suppliedair with the value(s) of the detected characteristic(s) of the sampleair and identify any difference between the values.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can operate to adjust conditioning ofair and/or supplying of ambient or conditioned air based on the analysis(Step I) so that adjusted air is supplied to the airflow pad 1606 (StepJ). For example, the airflow pad controller 1602 can control the airconditioner 1612 to adjust the temperature of air, and/or control thefan 1610 to change the flow rate of the air. The temperature and/or theflow rate of air can be adjusted to reduce or eliminate the differencebetween the value(s) of the detected characteristic(s) of air (e.g.,supplied air or sample air) and the predetermined value(s), so that thedesired temperature and/or humidity can be achieved at the particularbed area (e.g., at the top of the mattress). Alternatively, thetemperature and/or the flow rate of air can be adjusted so that thedifference between the value(s) of the detected characteristic(s) of thesupplied air and the value(s) of the detected characteristic(s) of thesample air can meet one or more threshold values representative ofdesired microclimate control.

In an example process for controlling the microclimate of the mattress1604, the airflow pad controller 1602 can activate the heater 1614 toheat air and activate the air fan 1610 in a direction to supply theheated air to a top of the mattress. As described herein, for example,the heated air can be supplied to the top of the mattress through theairflow pad 1606. The airflow pad controller 1602 can further controlthe air fan 1610 in an opposite direction to draw an amount of air fromthe top of the mattress for a predetermined period time. For example,the air can be drawn from the top of the mattress through the airflowpad 1606. Alternatively, the airflow pad controller 1602 can include aseparate air fan operable in such an opposite direction to draw air. Theairflow pad controller 1602 can detect a temperature of the amount ofair drawn from the top of the mattress, and use the temperature toadjust the operation of the heating element and/or the air fan. Forexample, the airflow pad controller 1602 can activate the heatingelement and/or the reversible fan again whereby activation of at leastone of the heating element and the reversible fan is adjusted based onthe temperature detected.

In another example process for controlling the microclimate of themattress 1604, the airflow pad controller 1602 supplies air to themattress 1604 over a first extended period to control a microclimate ata top of the mattress 1604. The airflow pad controller 1602 can sampleair temperature at the microclimate over a brief sampling period byreversing airflow to draw air from the mattress to a temperature sensor(e.g., the temperature sensor 1630 in FIG. 37 ). Then, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can supply air to the mattress again over a secondextended period so that air is supplied in a manner different thanduring the first extended period as a function of the air temperaturesampled while airflow was reversed. In some implementations, the firstand second extended periods can range between 5 and 300 minutes long. Insome implementations, the brief sampling period can range between 5 and300 seconds long.

FIG. 39B illustrates another example method 1710 for operating theairflow pad controller 1602 to control a microclimate of the mattress1604. In this example, the airflow pad controller 1602 can operate todraw air from the airflow pad 1606 at a predetermined flow rate (Step A)so that the air flows back into the airflow pad controller 1602 (StepB). The airflow pad controller 1602 can activate the fan 1610 to drawair from the airflow pad 1606. In some implementations, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can be in a normal mode of operation where ambient airis drawn from the airflow pad 1606 at a predetermined flow rate tocontrol a microclimate of the mattress 1604 (e.g., the temperature atthe top of the mattress). The predetermined flow rate can be determinedto achieve a desired temperature and/or humidity that is manually set orautomatically determined. Alternatively, drawing of air can be performedin other modes of operation as described herein.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can operate to detect one or morecharacteristics of the air drawn from the airflow pad 1606 (Step C). Insome implementations, the airflow pad controller 1602 can detect atemperature of the supplied air using, for example, the temperaturesensor 1630 of the controller 1602. Alternatively or in addition, theairflow pad controller 1602 can detect a humidity of the drawn airusing, for example, the humidity sensor 1632. Other characteristics ofthe supplied air can also be detected for various purposes.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can analyze the characteristics of theair (Step D). In some implementations, the airflow pad controller 1602can compare the value(s) of the detected characteristic(s) of the drawnair with predetermined value(s) and identify any difference between thevalues. The predetermined values can represent values for achievingdesired microclimate control at the bed. For example, the predeterminedvalues can include a predetermined air temperature value (e.g., at thelocation of the temperature sensor) required to achieve a desiredtemperature and/or humidity at a particular area in the bed (e.g., atthe top of the mattress). In another example, the predetermined valuescan include a predetermined air humidity value (e.g., at the location ofthe temperature sensor) required to achieve a desired temperature and/orhumidity at the particular area in the bed (e.g., at the top of themattress).

The airflow pad controller 1602 can operate to adjust the flow rate ofair being drawn from the airflow pad 1606 based on the analysis (Step E)so that air flows from the airflow pad 1606 into the controller 1602 atthe adjusted flow rate (Step F). For example, the airflow pad controller1602 can control the operation of the fan 1610 so that the fan 1610 canspeed up or down to adjust the flow rate. The flow rate can be adjustedto reduce or eliminate the difference between the value(s) of thedetected air characteristic(s) and the predetermined value(s), so thatthe desired temperature and/or humidity can be achieved at theparticular bed area (e.g., at the top of the mattress).

In an example process for controlling the microclimate of the mattress1604, the airflow pad controller 1602 can activate the fan 1610 to drawair from the airflow pad 1606. The airflow pad 1606 can be arrangedunder a top foam layer of the mattress 1604 and configured to permit anairflow rate being higher than an airflow rate of the top foam layer.The airflow pad controller 1602 can detect a temperature of the airdrawn from the airflow pad 1606, and adjust activation of the fan 1610based on the temperature.

FIG. 39C illustrates yet another example method 1720 for operating theairflow pad controller 1602 to control a microclimate of the mattress1604. In this example, the airflow pad 1606 can be fluidly connected toan inlet conduit 1722 at an air inlet 1726, and a separate outletconduit 1724 at an air outlet 1728, so that air can flow into theairflow pad 1606 through the inlet conduit 1722 and exit through theoutlet conduit 1724.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can operate to condition air (Step A).The air can be conditioned based on one or more values that can be setby a user via, e.g., the remote control or the user computing device.Alternatively, the values can be automatically determined to satisfy theuser profile or preference. Examples of such values include temperaturevalues, humidity, and other suitable values that can be manually orautomatically determined. In some implementations, the controller 1602can heat air at a temperature that is set by a user or automaticallydetermined for optimally controlling the microclimate of the mattress1604. For example, the controller 1602 includes the heater 1614activated to heat air as the fan 1610 drives the air to pass through oraround the heater. In other implementations, the controller 1602 cancool air at a temperature that is manually set or automaticallydetermined for optimal microclimate control of the mattress. Forexample, the controller 1602 includes the cooler 1616 activated to coolair as the fan drives the air to pass through or around the cooler.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can drive air (Step B) so that theconditioned air is supplied to the airflow pad 1606 of the mattress 1604through the inlet conduit 1722 (Step C). Alternatively, the controller1602 can operate to supply ambient air to the airflow pad 1606 withoutconditioning it. For example, the controller 1602 activates the fan 1610at a desired speed to drive the air to the airflow pad 1606.

The airflow pad controller 1602 operates to detect one or morecharacteristics of the air supplied from the controller 1602 (Step D).In some implementations, the airflow pad controller 1602 can detect atemperature of the supplied air. For example, the temperature sensor1630 of the controller 1602 can be used to detect the temperature of thesupplied air. Alternatively or in addition, the airflow pad controller1602 can detect a humidity of the supplied air using, for example, thehumidity sensor 1632. Other characteristics of the supplied air can alsobe detected for various purposes.

When air flows through the airflow pad 1606, it can return to theairflow pad controller 1602 through the outlet conduit 1724 (Step E).The airflow pad controller 1602 can detect one or more characteristicsof the return air (Step F). In some implementations, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can detect a temperature of the return air using, forexample, the temperature sensor 1630. Alternatively or in addition, theairflow pad controller 1602 can detect a humidity of the return airusing, for example, the humidity sensor 1632. Other characteristics ofthe supplied air can also be detected for various purposes.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can analyze the supplied air and thereturn air (Step G). In some implementations, the airflow pad controller1602 can compare the value(s) of the detected characteristic(s) of thereturn air with the value(s) of the detected characteristic(s) of thesupplied air, and identify any difference between the values.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can operate to adjust conditioning ofair and/or supplying of ambient or conditioned air based on the analysis(Step H) so that adjusted air is supplied to the airflow pad 1606through the inlet conduit 1722 (Step I). For example, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can control the air conditioner 1612 to adjust thetemperature of air, and/or control the fan 1610 to change the flow rateof the air. The temperature and/or the flow rate of air can be adjustedso that the difference between the value(s) of the detectedcharacteristic(s) of the supplied air and the value(s) of the detectedcharacteristic(s) of the return air can meet one or more thresholdvalues representative of desired microclimate control.

In an example process for controlling a microclimate of the mattress1604, the airflow pad controller 1602 can activate the air conditioner1612 to condition air, and supply the conditioned air to an inlet of anairflow pad 1606 using, for example, the fan 1610. The airflow pad 1606can be arranged under a top foam layer of the mattress 1604 andconfigured to permit an airflow rate being higher than an airflow rateof the top foam layer. The airflow pad controller 1602 can detect supplycharacteristics of air entering the inlet of the airflow pad 1606, anddetect return characteristics of air exiting an outlet of the airflowpad 1606. The airflow pad controller 1602 can adjust activation of theair conditioner 1612 based on the supply characteristics and the returncharacteristics. For example, the airflow pad controller 1602 can adjustactivation of the fan 1610 based on the supply characteristics and thereturn characteristics. In some examples, the supply characteristics andthe return characteristics include at least one of temperature andhumidity.

Overview of Multiple Modes

FIG. 40 illustrates example modes of operation 1750 that can beperformed using the airflow pad control system 1600. The airflow padcontrol system 1600 can selectively perform a cooling mode 1752, aheating mode 1754, a cleaning mode 1756, a refresh mode 1758, and apreparation mode 1760. The cooling mode 1752 can include an ambient aircirculation mode 1762 and a cooled air supply mode 1764. The heatingmode 1754 can include a heated air supply mode 1766. The airflow padcontrol system 1600 can receive a user input of selecting one of thesemodes via, for example, the remote control 1122 or the user computingdevice 1124, and perform the selected mode of operation. Alternatively,the airflow pad control system 1600 can automatically select a mode ofoperation based on one or more factors, such as environment factors inor around the bed system 1100, operational conditions of the bed system1100, and user profiles or preferences.

The modes of operation of the airflow pad control system 1600 can beperformed along with other microclimate operations by other systems inthe bed system 1100, such as the foot warming system 1500. For example,when the airflow pad control system 1600 performs one of the modes ofoperation 1750 for a mattress, the foot warming system 1500 can operateto warm the foot heating element mounted in the mattress at the sametime.

FIG. 41 illustrates an example of the ambient air circulation mode 1762.In the ambient air circulation mode 1762, the airflow pad control system1600 operates to draw ambient air from the airflow pad 1606 of themattress 1604 to cool the top of the mattress 1604 to a desiredtemperature. In some implementations, the airflow pad control system1600 can be operated together with the foot warming control system 1500.

In an example configuration, the foot warming controller 1502 receives auser selection of a desired temperature at the foot of the mattress(Step A). Alternatively, the desired temperature can be automaticallydetermined based on one or more factors including the user's profile orpreference, the room temperature, the mattress top temperature, etc. Thefoot warming controller 1502 can activate the heating element 1504 basedon the user selection (Step B). In some implementations, the footwarming controller 1502 can monitor the temperature of the heatingelement (Step C), and provide feedback signals (Step D) to modulate theoperation of the heating element if necessary to maintain or achieve thedesired temperature set point.

In the meantime, the airflow pad controller 1602 can receive a userselection of the ambient air circulation mode 1762 (Step E). Inaddition, the user can select one or more attributes of the ambient aircirculation mode 1762, such as a temperature set point or target pointin general, a temperature set point or target point at the top of themattress, a humidity set point or target point, an airflow rate setting,a fan speed setting, etc. In some implementations, the ambient aircirculation mode 1762 can be selected automatically based on one or morefactors including the user's profile or preference, the roomtemperature, the mattress top temperature, etc. The airflow padcontroller 1602 can activate the fan in a drawing direction (Step F) sothat ambient air is drawn from the mattress 1604 through the airflow pad1606 (Step G). In some implementations, the airflow pad controller 1602can monitor one or more characteristics of the air drawn from themattress (Step H), and provide feedback signals to module the operationof the airflow pad controller 1602 if necessary to maintain or achievethe desired settings (Step I). For example, the airflow pad controller1602 can monitor the temperature and/or humidity of the drawn air, andcontrol the fan speed, thereby adjusting the flow rate of air drawingfrom the mattress to achieve the temperature and/or humidity set pointsat the top of the mattress.

FIG. 42 illustrates an example of the cooled air supply mode 1764. Inthe cooled air supply mode 1764, the airflow pad control system 1600operates to cool air and supply the cooled air to the airflow pad 1606of the mattress 1604 to actively cool the top of the mattress 1604 to adesired temperature.

In some implementations, the airflow pad control system 1600 can beoperated together with the foot warming control system 1500. In anexample configuration, the foot warming controller 1502 receives a userselection of a desired temperature at the foot of the mattress (Step A).Alternatively, the desired temperature can be automatically determinedbased on one or more factors including the user's profile or preference,the room temperature, the mattress top temperature, etc. The footwarming controller 1502 can activate the heating element 1504 based onthe user selection (Step B). In some implementations, the foot warmingcontroller 1502 can monitor the temperature of the heating element (StepC), and provide feedback signals (Step D) to modulate the operation ofthe heating element if necessary to maintain or achieve the desiredtemperature set point.

In the meantime, the airflow pad controller 1602 can receive a userselection of the cooled air supply mode 1764 (Step E). In addition, theuser can select one or more attributes of the cooled air supply mode1764, such as a temperature set point or target point in general, atemperature set point or target point at the top of the mattress, ahumidity set point or target point, an airflow rate setting, a fan speedsetting, etc. In some implementations, the cooled air supply mode 1764can be selected automatically based on one or more factors including theuser's profile or preference, the room temperature, the mattress toptemperature, etc. The airflow pad controller 1602 can activate thecooler to cool air to a desired temperature (Step F). The airflow padcontroller 1602 can activate the fan in a supplying direction (Step G)so that the cooled air is supplied to the mattress 1604 through theairflow pad 1606 (Step H). In some implementations, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can monitor one or more characteristics of the airsuppled to the mattress (Step I), and provide feedback signals to modulethe operation of the airflow pad controller 1602 if necessary tomaintain or achieve the desired settings (Step J). For example, theairflow pad controller 1602 can monitor the temperature and/or humidityof the air, and control the cooler and/or the fan speed, therebyadjusting the temperature of the air and/or the flow rate of airsupplying to the mattress to achieve the temperature and/or humidity setpoints at the top of the mattress.

FIG. 43 illustrates an example of the heated air supply mode 1766. Inthe heated air supply mode 1766, the airflow pad control system 1600operates to heat air and supply the heated air to the airflow pad 1606of the mattress 1604 to actively warm the top of the mattress 1604 to adesired temperature.

In some implementations, the airflow pad control system 1600 can beoperated together with the foot warming control system 1500. In anexample configuration, the foot warming controller 1502 receives a userselection of a desired temperature at the foot of the mattress (Step A).Alternatively, the desired temperature can be automatically determinedbased on one or more factors including the user's profile or preference,the room temperature, the mattress top temperature, etc. The footwarming controller 1502 can activate the heating element 1504 based onthe user selection (Step B). In some implementations, the foot warmingcontroller 1502 can monitor the temperature of the heating element (StepC), and provide feedback signals (Step D) to modulate the operation ofthe heating element if necessary to maintain or achieve the desiredtemperature set point.

In the meantime, the airflow pad controller 1602 can receive a userselection of the heated air supply mode 1766 (Step E). In addition, theuser can select one or more attributes of the heated air supply mode1766, such as a temperature set point or target point in general, atemperature set point or target point at the top of the mattress, ahumidity set point or target point, an airflow rate setting, a fan speedsetting, etc. In some implementations, the heated air supply mode 1766can be selected automatically based on one or more factors including theuser's profile or preference, the room temperature, the mattress toptemperature, etc. The airflow pad controller 1602 can activate theheater to warm air to a desired temperature (Step F). The airflow padcontroller 1602 can activate the fan in a supplying direction (Step G)so that the heated air is supplied to the mattress 1604 through theairflow pad 1606 (Step H). In some implementations, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can monitor one or more characteristics of the airsuppled to the mattress (Step I), and provide feedback signals to modulethe operation of the airflow pad controller 1602 if necessary tomaintain or achieve the desired settings (Step J). For example, theairflow pad controller 1602 can monitor the temperature and/or humidityof the air, and control the cooler and/or the fan speed, therebyadjusting the temperature of the air and/or the flow rate of airsupplying to the mattress to achieve the temperature and/or humidity setpoints at the top of the mattress.

The cleaning mode 1756, the refresh mode 1758, and the preparation mode1760 are described below with reference to FIGS. 44-46 .

Cleaning Operation of Fan/Heater Assembly (Feature Group #7)

FIG. 44 illustrates an example cleaning mode 1756 of the airflow padcontrol system 1600. The airflow pad control system 1600 can include anair drive/condition apparatus 1780 having one or more air filters 1782.The air drive/condition apparatus 1780 can be used to implement at leastpart of the airflow pad controller 1602 including the air fan 1610 andthe air conditioner 1612. The air drive/condition apparatus 1780 can beconfigured similarly to the air controller 700 as shown in FIGS. 21-26 .For example, the air drive/condition apparatus 1780 can include ahousing containing various components, such as a circuit board, a fan, aheating element, a cooling element, sensors, and other suitablecomponents for controlling airflow into and from the mattress 1604. Asdescribed with respect to the air controller 700, the housing of the airdrive/condition apparatus 1780 can define an air passage having one ormore openings, such as the connection-side opening 708 and theambient-side opening 710. The air drive/condition apparatus 1780 canarrange the filters 1782 at the openings to filter debris, dirt, andcontaminants from air passing through the apparatus, and thus preventthem from entering the apparatus 1780 and/or the mattress to which theapparatus 1780 is coupled. The filters 1782 can be configured similarlyto the air screens 760 and 762 as shown in FIG. 26 .

The airflow pad control system 1600 can operate in the cleaning mode1756 to clean up the filters 1782 and other components in the airdrive/condition apparatus 1780. The airflow pad control system 1600 canperform the cleaning mode 1756 for a short period of time while thesystem 1600 operates in another mode such as the cooling mode 1752 orthe heating mode 1754. For example, the cleaning mode 1756 can beperformed by briefly interrupting the current mode of operation of thesystem 1600.

In some implementations, the airflow pad controller 1602 can operate todirect air in a first direction (Step A) so that the air flows relativeto the airflow pad 1606 of the mattress 1604 accordingly (Step B). Inthe illustrated example, the air is being drawn from the airflow pad1606 (e.g., the ambient air circulation mode 1762). However, the air canbe driven to flow into the airflow pad 1606 in other modes of operation(e.g., the cooled air supply mode 1764 or the heated air supply mode1766).

The airflow pad controller 1602 can determine that the cleaning mode isactivated (Step C). The cleaning mode can be activated in several ways.For example, the user can activate or deactivate the cleaning mode usingfor example the remote control 1122 or the user computing device 1124(Manual On/Off 1790). Alternatively, the cleaning mode can be performedat programmed schedules (Scheduled Operation 1792). For example, thecleaning mode can be periodically performed or performed at scheduledtimes. Alternatively, the cleaning mode can be automatically activatedwhen (or shortly after) the user is detected to exit the bed (AutomaticOperation Upon User Exit 1794). Alternatively, the cleaning mode can beautomatically activated when the filters are detected to be cloggedenough and need to be cleaned (Automatic Operation As Needed 1796). Forexample, the airflow pad system 1600 can monitor the air flow throughthe apparatus 1780 (or through the filters 1782) and determine slowdownof the air flow that can indicate the filters are dirty.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can drive air in a second direction(e.g., the direction opposite to the first direction) (Step D) so thatthe air flow is reversed (in the direction opposite to the original airflow) (Step E). The reverse air can blow particles out of the filters1782 and clean the surface of the filters 1782. The air can be driven inthe reverse direction for a substantially shorter duration than theoriginal mode of operation as performed in Step A.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can resume the original mode ofoperation as performed in Step A (Step F). For example, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can return to drive air in the first direction under thesame conditions as performed in Step A.

The cleaning mode 1756 can be performed for a predetermined period oftime that is determined to be sufficient to blow a substantial amount ofparticles out from the filters while not interfering with the originaloperational mode for a substantial period of time. Alternatively, thecleaning mode 1756 can be performed independently. For example, thecleaning mode 1756 can be performed while the airflow pad control system1600 is at rest (not in any other mode).

In an example cleaning mode, the airflow pad controller 1602 can operateto flow air through a housing of the mattress air controller (e.g., theair drive/condition apparatus 1780) in a first direction from a housinginlet to a housing outlet during a first operation mode configured tocondition air at a top of a mattress. The airflow pad controller 1602can reverse flow of air through the housing in a second direction fromthe housing outlet to the housing inlet in order to blow particles outof a filter positioned at the housing inlet. The filter cleaning modecan be configured to be performed in a substantially shorter durationthan the first operation mode.

In addition, the airflow pad controller 1602 can receive information ofuser presence on or around the bed. For example, the bed system cansense user presence on the mattress, and determine that a user exitedthe mattress. The airflow pad controller 1602 can operate the filtercleaning mode after determining that the user exited the mattress.Alternatively, the filter cleaning mode is operated daily when the bedsystem determines that a user is not on the mattress.

In some implementations, the airflow pad controller 1602 can draw airfrom an airflow insert pad for a mattress and supply conditioned air tothe airflow insert pad. The airflow pad controller 1602 can include ahousing having a connection-side opening and an ambient-side opening.The connection-side opening is in fluid communication with the airflowinsert pad, and the ambient-side opening is exposed to a surrounding.The airflow pad controller 1602 can further include a reversible fanmounted in the housing, a heating element mounted in the housing, and afiltering unit arranged at the ambient-side opening of the housing. In acooling mode, the airflow pad controller 1602 can be controlled tooperate the reversible fan to cause airflow from the connection-sideopening to the ambient-side opening through the housing. Further, theairflow pad controller 1602 can operate in a heating mode where theheating element is heated and the reversible fan operates to cause airto flow from the ambient-side opening to the connection-side opening,passing through the heating element. In an example cleaning mode, theairflow pad controller 1602 can be controlled to operate the reversiblefan to blow air out through the filtering unit at the ambient-sideopening of the housing for a predetermined period of time, therebycleaning the filtering unit. In some implementations, the airflow padcontroller 1602 can be configured to perform the cleaning modeperiodically. The airflow pad controller 1602 can further include asecond filtering unit arranged at the connection-side opening of thehousing.

Refresh Cycle (Feature Group #8)

FIG. 45A is a flowchart of an example process 1800 for performing therefresh mode 1758 of the airflow pad control system 1600. The refreshmode 1758 is a mode in which the airflow pad control system 1600provides refreshing effects at the top of the mattress.

In this example, the process 1800 can begin with the airflow pad controlsystem 1600 being in certain mode of operation, such as the cooling mode1752 or the heating mode 1754 (FIG. 40 ) (Block 1802). The airflow padcontrol system 1600 can determine that the refresh mode is activated(Block 1804). The refresh mode can be activated in several ways. Forexample, the user can activate or deactivate the refresh mode using forexample the remote control 1122 or the user computing device 1124(1820). Alternatively, the refresh mode can be performed at programmedschedules (1822). For example, the refresh mode can be periodicallyperformed or performed at scheduled times. Alternatively, the refreshmode can be automatically activated when the user is detected to haveexited the bed (1824).

When it is determined that the refresh mode is activated, the airflowpad control system 1600 can operate in the refresh mode (Block 1806).The refresh mode can be performed in one or more manners. In oneexample, the airflow pad control system 1600 can operate to drive air ina reverse direction (1830), i.e., the direction opposite to the originalflow of air. In another example, the airflow pad control system 1600 canoperate to drive air in alternating directions (1832). In yet anotherexample, the airflow pad control system 1600 can treat air to provideadditional effects to the user on the mattress (1834). Various methodscan be used for air treatment. For example, the airflow pad controlsystem 1600 can flow air through a special air filter, such as ahigh-efficiency particulate (HEPA) filter, to purify air coming in orfrom the mattress (1840). In addition or alternatively, the airflow padcontrol system 1600 can apply aromatherapy materials (e.g., oils) to airflowing in or from the mattress (1842). In addition or alternatively,the airflow pad control system 1600 can apply essential oils to airflowing in or from the mattress (1844).

In some implementations, the air reversing 1830, the air alternation1832, and the air treatment 1834 can be selectively used for the refreshmode. In other implementations, at least two of the air reversing 1830,the air alternation 1832, and the air treatment 1834 can be usedsimultaneously or in alternating manners.

The process 1800 continues to determine whether a preset period of timehas lapsed for the refresh mode (Block 1808). The preset period of timecan vary for different purposes or methods of refreshing air. Forexample, the preset period of time can range between 30 seconds and 5minutes. In other examples, the preset period of time can be shorterthan 30 seconds, or greater than 5 minutes.

If the preset period of time has lapsed, the airflow pad control system1600 can deactivate the refresh mode, and can resume the original modeof operation (as was in Block 1802). Otherwise, the airflow pad controlsystem 1600 can continue to operate in the refresh mode (as in Block1806).

FIG. 45B is a flowchart of another example process 1850 for performingthe refresh mode 1758 of the airflow pad control system 1600. Theprocess 1850 is identical or similar to the process 1800 of FIG. 45Aexcept for operations 1852 and 1854 (instead of operation 1808 in FIG.45A). In this example, when the refresh mode is activated (1806), theairflow pad control system 1600 can detect one or more characteristicsof air (Block 1852), and determine whether the characteristics meetthreshold values (Block 1854). For example, the airflow pad controlsystem 1600 can detect a temperature and/or humidity of air during therefresh mode, and determine the detected temperature and/or humidityreaches threshold values, such as desired temperature value and/orhumidity value (e.g., temperature and humidity that are comfortable tothe user). The threshold values can be manually set by the user using,for example, the remote control 1122 or the user computing device 1124.Alternatively, the threshold values can be automatically determinedbased on one or more factors, such as environmental status, operationalconditions, and user profile or preference. If the detectedcharacteristics meet the threshold values, the airflow pad controlsystem 1600 can deactivate the refresh mode, and can resume the originalmode of operation (as was in Block 1802). Otherwise, the airflow padcontrol system 1600 can continue to operate in the refresh mode (as inBlock 1806).

In some implementations, the airflow pad control system 1600 can operateto draw air from an air distribution layer (e.g., the airflow pad) for amattress and supply ambient or conditioned air to the air distributionlayer. As described herein, the airflow pad control system 1600 caninclude a reversible fan and a heating element. The airflow pad controlsystem 1600 can operate in a cooling mode by operating the reversiblefan to draw air from the air distribution layer, and also operate in arefresh mode by operating the reversible fan to cause air to circulatethrough the air distribution layer for a predetermined period of time.The airflow pad control system 1600 can be controlled in the refreshmode for a predetermined period of time, which can range between 30minutes to 60 minutes.

In some implementations, the refresh mode can be performed based on userpresence on the mattress. For example, the bed system can sense userpresence on or around the mattress, and determine whether the user isnot present on or around the mattress. The refresh mode can be activatedwhen the user is determined not to be present on or around the mattress.

The airflow pad control system 1600 can operate to detect a humiditylevel in the air in the refresh mode, and continue the refresh modeuntil the humidity level reaches a predetermined value. The refresh modecan be performed by controlling the reversible fan to draw air from theair distribution layer for the predetermined period of time.Alternatively or in addition, the refresh mode can be performed bycontrolling the reversible fan to supply air to the air distributionlayer for the predetermined period of time. Alternatively or inaddition, the refresh mode can be performed by flowing air through aHEPA filter during the refresh mode. Alternatively or in addition, therefresh mode can be performed by applying aromatherapy to circulated airduring the refresh mode. Alternatively or in addition, the refresh modecan be performed by applying essential oils to air circulated into themattress during the refresh mode.

In addition or alternatively, the mattress being used may not includeany material treated with antimicrobial chemicals. In such cases, therefresh mode can be automatically operated regularly at intervalsconfigured to reduce microbial growth.

Prep Cycle for Reentry (Feature Group #10)

FIG. 46 illustrates an example process 1900 for performing thepreparation mode 1760 of the airflow pad control system 1600. Thepreparation mode 1760 is a mode in which the airflow pad control system1600 automatically controls the microclimate of a mattress to desiredsettings when the user is present on or around the mattress. In additionor alternatively, the preparation mode 1760 can be configured such thatthe airflow pad control system 1600 prepares the mattress to desiredmicroclimate settings a predetermined time before the user is determinedor predicted to use the mattress. In addition or alternatively, in thepreparation mode 1760, the airflow pad control system 1600 can preparethe mattress to desired microclimate settings when it is determined theuser has left the bed temporarily and is expected to return to the bedsoon, such as for sleep breaks due to natural causes (e.g., going to thebathroom) or external disturbance (e.g., taking care of a crying baby orother child in need of care).

In some implementations, the process 1900 include determining userpresence on or around the bed. A sleep pattern determination module 1902is provided for such determination. The sleep pattern determinationmodule 1902 can be implemented by one or more components in the bedsystem 1100 (FIG. 33 ). For example, the sleep pattern determinationmodule 1902 can be included at least partially in the air chambercontrol system 1300. Alternatively or in addition, the server system1126 can be used to implement at least part of the sleep patterndetermination module 1902.

In some implementations, the sleep pattern determination module 1902 candetermine an expected sleep time of a user (Step A). An expected sleeptime can be automatically determined based on one or more historicaland/or sensed factors, such as those retrieved from the bed data 1130,the sleep data 1132, the user account data 1134, and/or the environmentdata 1136 described in FIG. 33 . Alternatively, the expected sleep timecan be manually set by the user using, for example, the remote control1122 or the user computing device 1124. The expected sleep time can bepersonalized to a particular user of the bed. Alternatively, theexpected sleep time can be determined for general users based onstatistical analysis.

The sleep pattern determination module 1902 can determine presence of auser on or around the bed (Step B), and transmit user presence data tothe airflow pad controller 1602 (Step C). The user presence data canindicate whether a user is present on or around the bed. For example, asdescribed herein, the user presence can be detected by sensing andanalyzing the pressure (and a change thereof) within the air chamber1306 of the mattress 1604.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can operate a first mode of operation ifa user is determined to be present on or around the bed based on theuser presence data (Step D). According to the first mode of operation,ambient or conditioned air can be supplied to, or drawn from, themattress 1604 (e.g., the airflow pad 1606) (Step E). For example, wherethe first mode of operation is the ambient air circulation mode 1762,the airflow pad controller 1602 draws ambient air from the airflow pad1606 to lower the temperature at the top of the mattress. If the firstmode of operation is the cooled air supply mode 1764, the airflow padcontroller 1602 operates to cool air and supply the cooled air to theairflow pad 1606, thereby cooling the top of the mattress. If the firstmode of operation is the heated air supply mode 1766, the airflow padcontroller 1602 operates to heat air and supply the heated air to theairflow pad 1606, thereby warming the top of the mattress.

The sleep pattern determination module 1902 can operate to determinewhether the user has exited the bed (Step F), and transmit user presencedata to the airflow pad controller 1602 (Step G). The transmitted userpresence data can indicate whether a user has left the bed and does notuse the bed now. For example, as described herein, the user exit can bedetected by sensing and analyzing the pressure (and a change thereof)within the air chamber 1306 of the mattress 1604.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can operate a second mode of operationif the user is determined to have exited the bed based on the userpresence data (Step H). According to the second mode of operation,ambient or conditioned air can be supplied to or drawn from, themattress 1604 (e.g., the airflow pad 1606) (Step I). The second mode ofoperation is a mode in which the microclimate of the mattress isautomatically controlled to desired settings before the user comes backto the bed, so that the user can reenter the bed at the settings thatsatisfy the user's preference. For example, such desired settings can bemicroclimate settings that the user has initially set, or that are to beachieved by the first mode of operation.

When the user rests on the mattress, especially for an extended periodof time (e.g., for hours), the microclimate (e.g., temperature,humidity, etc.) at the top of the mattress can dynamically change due tothe presence and movement of the user on the mattress. For example, auser on the mattress dissipates body heat against the mattress and thusaffects the control of the microclimate on the mattress. In someinstances, the original microclimate settings (e.g., temperature and/orhumidity settings) according to the first mode of operation are notachieved at least temporarily due to the user presence. Therefore, insome implementations, the second mode of operation can be designed toensure that the first mode of operation is achieved when the user comesback. Alternatively, the second mode of operation can be configured toprovide user preferred sensory effects when the user reenters the bedand contacts the mattress, by making the top of the mattress warmer orcooler (and/or drier) depending on the user's preference.

The sleep pattern determination module 1902 can determine whether theuser has returned onto or around the bed (Step J), and transmit userpresence data to the airflow pad controller 1602 (Step K). The userpresence data can indicate whether a user is present on or around thebed again. For example, as described herein, the user presence can bedetected by sensing and analyzing the pressure (and a change thereof)within the air chamber 1306 of the mattress 1604.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can resume the first mode of operationif the user is determined to have returned based on the user presencedata (Step L). According to the first mode of operation, ambient orconditioned air can be supplied to, or drawn from, the mattress 1604(e.g., the airflow pad 1606) (Step M).

In an example process of controlling a microclimate of a mattress, thebed system 1100 can operate to determine a time period of expected usersleep and sense whether a user is present on the mattress. In responseto sensing presence during the time period of expected user sleep, thebed system can operate to flow air through the mattress in a firstoperation mode to control microclimate of the mattress while the user ison the mattress. In response to sensing that the user exited themattress during the time period of expected user sleep, the bed systemcan operate to flow air through the mattress in a second operation modethat is different than the first operation mode. In response to sensingthat the user returned to the mattress during the time period ofexpected user sleep, the bed system can operate to resume the firstoperation mode.

In an example process of controlling a microclimate of a mattress, thebed system can sense whether a user is present on the mattress, anddetermine that a user exited the mattress during a predetermined timeperiod. Upon determining that the user exited the mattress, the bedsystem can operate to initiate activation of an air controller to drawair from an air layer of the mattress to increase distribution of airthrough a foam layer above the airflow insert pad and decrease atemperature at the foam layer. Upon determining the user returns ontothe mattress, the bed system can operate to deactivate the aircontroller in the cooling mode. Alternatively, upon determining the userreturns the mattress, the bed system can operate to resume or activatethe air controller in a mode of operation that was performed before theuser exited the mattress. In some implementations, prior to determiningthe user exited the mattress, the bed system can operate to detect theuser is on the mattress during the predetermined time period. Thepredetermined time period can be a period of time that the usertypically spends for sleep. For example, the predetermined time periodcan range from midnight to 6 AM, by way of example.

Control Based on Sleep Cycle (Feature Group #9)

FIG. 47 illustrates an example process 1930 for controlling amicroclimate of a mattress based on a sleep cycle. The process caninclude determining a sleep cycle of the user of the mattress, which canbe performed by a sleep cycle analysis module 1932. The sleep cycleanalysis module 1932 can be implemented by one or more components in thebed system 1100 (FIG. 33 ). For example, the sleep cycle analysis module1932 can be included at least partially in the air chamber controlsystem 1300. Alternatively or in addition, the server system 1126 can beused to implement at least part of sleep cycle analysis module 1932.

In some implementations, the sleep cycle analysis module 1932 obtainssleep-related data (Step A). The sleep-related data can includeinformation identifying a sleep cycle of a user. The sleep-related datacan be obtained based at least on other data in the bed system 1100,such as the bed data 1130, the sleep data 1132, and the environment data1136. In addition or alternatively, the sleep-related data can becollected and/or analyzed using another system configured to monitor thesleep cycle of a user.

The sleep cycle is an oscillation between the slow-wave and REM(paradoxical) phases of sleep. The standard figure given for the averagelength of the sleep cycle in an adult man may be 90 minutes. Duringsleep, people usually go through five stages of sleep. Simply put,stages 1-2 are light sleep, stages 3-4 deep sleep, and stage 5 is REMsleep, also referred to as rapid eye movement sleep. The first stage(NREM stage 1 or N1) is light sleep and in this stage, people drift inand out of sleep. The eyes move slowly, muscle activity is slow, andpeople would be easy to wake up. In the second stage (NREM stage 2 orN2), the body starts preparing for deep sleep. Eye movements and brainwaves slow down, the body temperature drops, and the heart rate slowsdown. Entering the third stage (NREM stage 3 or N3), people are now indeep sleep. Extremely slow brain waves called delta waves are intermixedwith smaller, faster brain waves. In stage four (NREM 4 or N4), peoplestay in deep sleep and the brain almost exclusively produces the slowdelta waves, guiding towards the fifth stage. Entering the last stage,stage five, also called REM sleep, provides that the eyes are closed butmove rapidly from side-to-side, due to the intense dream and brainactivity a sleeper goes through in this stage.

The sleep cycle can be detected using various techniques, which can beincluded in the bed system 1100, or implemented with a separate systemthat can communicate with the bed system 1100. Example techniquesinclude electroencephalography that shows the timing of sleep cycles byvirtue of the marked distinction in brainwaves manifested during REM andnon-REM sleep. Delta wave activity, correlating with slow-wave (deep)sleep, can show regular oscillations throughout a good night's sleep.Secretions of various hormones, including renin, growth hormone, andprolactin, may correlate positively with delta-wave activity, whilesecretion of thyroid-stimulating hormone correlates inversely. Heartrate variability, well-known to increase during REM, may also correlateinversely with delta-wave oscillations over the ˜90-minute cycle. Inaddition or alternatively, the techniques for determining in which stageof sleep the asleep subject is, electroencephalography may be combinedwith other devices used for this differentiation. EMG (electromyography)may be used to distinguish between sleep phases: for example, ingeneral, a decrease of muscle tone is characteristic of the transitionfrom wake to sleep, and during REM sleep there is a state of musclesatonia, resulting in an absence of signals in the EMG. In addition oralternatively, EOG (electrooculography) can be used to measure the eyes'movement. For example, REM sleep is characterized by a rapid eyemovement pattern and detectable using the EOG. In addition oralternatively, methods based on cardiorespiratory parameters may be usedin the analysis of sleep cycle if they are associated the othermeasurements such as electroencephalography, electrooculography and theelectromyography. In addition or alternatively, homeostatic functions(e.g., thermoregulation) may occur normally during non-REM sleep, butnot during REM sleep. Thus, during REM sleep, body temperature tends todrift away from its mean level, and during non-REM sleep, to return tonormal. Alternation between the stages therefore maintains bodytemperature within an acceptable range.

The sleep cycle analysis module 1932 can operate to identify a sleepcycle of the user based on the sleep-related data (Step B), and transmitsleep cycle data (including the identified sleep cycle) to the airflowpad controller 1602 (Step C). The sleep-related data can be used alongwith other data, such as the bed data 1130, the sleep data 1132, and theenvironment data 1136, to identify a sleep cycle of the user. The sleepcycle analysis module 1932 can identify a current sleep cycle of theuser, and further identify an expected sleep cycle of the user at aparticular time.

The airflow pad controller 1602 can determine a mode of operation basedon the sleep cycle data (Step D), and actuate the fan 1610 according tothe determined mode of operation (Step E). In some implementations, theairflow pad controller 1602 can further actuate the air conditioner 1612to condition air according to the mode of operation (Step F). Ambient orconditioned air can then be supplied to or drawn from the mattress perthe determined mode of operation (Step G).

In an example process of controlling a microclimate of a mattress, thebed system 1100 can operate to determine a sleep cycle of a subject onthe mattress, and determine a mode from a plurality of modes based onthe sleep cycle. As described herein, the plurality of modes can includea cooling mode in which an air controller (e.g., the airflow padcontroller) is operated to cause ambient or cooled air to flow from orinto an airflow insert pad of the mattress, and a heating mode in whichthe air controller is operated to cause heated air to flow to theairflow insert pad of the mattress. According to the determined mode,the bed system can control the air controller. In some implementations,the air controller operates in a first mode in response to one or moreprocessors determining that a user is in stage N1, wherein the aircontroller operates in a second mode in response to the one or moreprocessors determining that the user is in stage N2, wherein the aircontroller operates in a third mode in response to the one or moreprocessors determining that the user is in stage N3, and wherein the aircontroller operates in a fourth mode in response to the one or moreprocessors determining that the user is in REM sleep.

Independent Cooling/Heating in Multiple Zones (Feature Group #11)

FIG. 48 illustrates an example microclimate control system 1950 withmultiple climate control zones. For example, the mattress 1604 hasmultiple climate control zones 1954, such as a first climate controlzone 1954A and a second climate control zone 1954B. Each of the climatecontrol zones 1954 can include an airflow pad 1606. For example, thefirst climate control zone 1954A and the second climate control zone1954B include the first airflow pad 1606A and the second airflow pad1606B, respectively. In other examples, at least one of the climatecontrol zones can include a plurality of airflow pads. The airflow padcontroller 1602 can include a plurality of pad control modules forcorresponding climate control zones. For example, the airflow padcontroller 1602 includes a first pad control module 1952A associatedwith the first climate control zone 1954A (and the first airflow pad1606A therein), and a second pad control module 1952B associated withthe second climate control zone 1954B (and the second airflow pad 1606Btherein).

Multiple climate control zones 1954 can be controlled independently.Alternatively or in addition, at least two of the climate control zones1954 can be controlled in an interdependent manner. For example, one ofthe climate control zones can be controlled and/or adjusted based oninput parameters for controlling another climate zone (e.g., an adjacentclimate control zone) and/or output characteristics resulting from thecontrol of the other climate control zone, so that the operations inboth of the climate control zones can be improved or optimized. By wayof example, an operation of the first climate control zone 1954A (e.g.,suctioning ambient air from the first airflow pad 1606A in the firstclimate control zone 1954A) can affect (e.g., lower) the temperature ator around the second climate control zone 1954B adjacent the firstairflow pad 1606A of the first climate control zone 1954A. Accordingly,a desired climate control of the second climate control zone 1954B canbe adjusted to compensate the change in the temperature resulting fromthe control of the first climate control zone 1954A.

In one example, the airflow pad controller 1602 receives a command tocontrol a microclimate in the first climate control zone 1954A (Step A).For example, the command is generated in response to a user input ofactivating a first mode of operation on the first climate control zone1954A, using for example the remote control 1122 or the user computingdevice 1124. According to the command, the airflow pad controller 1602can operate the first mode of operation, in which air is conditioned anddriven to the first climate control zone 1954A (e.g., to the firstairflow pad 1606A) at a first flow rate (Step B), so that theconditioned air can be supplied to the first climate control zone 1954Aat the first flow rate (Step C). Depending on the mode of operation, theconditioned air can be cooled air or heated air.

The airflow pad controller 1602 receives a command to control amicroclimate in the second climate control zone 1954B (Step D). Forexample, the command is generated in response to a user input ofactivating a second mode of operation on the second climate control zone1954B, using for example the remote control 1122 or the user computingdevice 1124. According to the command, the airflow pad controller 1602can operate the second mode of operation, in which ambient air is drivento the second climate control zone 1954B (e.g., to the second airflowpad 1606B) at a second flow rate (Step E), so that the air can besupplied to the second climate control zone 1954B at the second flowrate (Step F). Alternatively, in other examples, the air supplied to thesecond climate control zone 1954B can be cooled or heated air dependingon the second mode of operation.

The flow rates created for multiple climate control zones can bedetermined to reduce an amount of heat transferred from one climatecontrol zone to another (e.g., adjacent) climate control zone. Forexample, as illustrated, the air (Air1) supplied to the first airflowpad 1606A through an inlet 1960A is distributed through the firstairflow pad 1606A and can exit through an outlet 1962A. Similarly, theair (Air2) supplied to the second airflow pad 1606B through an inlet1960B is distributed through the second airflow pad 1606B and can exitthrough an outlet 1962B. The air (Air1) exiting the first airflow pad1606A can face the air (Air2) exiting the second airflow pad 1606B at aninterface region 1964 between the first climate control zone 1954A andthe second climate control zone 1954B. The flow rate of the air (Air1)in the first climate control zone 1954A and the flow rate of the air(Air2) in the second climate control zone 1954B can be determined andadjusted to reduce heat transfer between the air (Air1) and the air(Air2) in the interface region 1964, and/or reduce interference of theair (Air1) with the air (Air2), or vice versa, in the interferenceregion 1964.

In an example process of independently controlling multiple climatecontrol zones in a mattress, the bed system can operate to receive acommand to supply air to the first climate control zone that is heated.In response to receiving the command, the bed system can command the oneor more air controllers to supply heated air to the first climatecontrol zone and to supply ambient air to the second climate controlzone. A flow rate of ambient air to the second climate control zone canbe selected to reduce an amount of heat transferred from the firstclimate control zone to the second climate control zone. In someimplementations, the bed system can operate to command the one or moreair controllers to supply ambient air to the second climate control zonewithout receiving any user request to supply air to the second climatecontrol zone. Further, in response to sensing a user's presence on thesecond climate control zone, the bed system can operate to command theone or more controllers to stop supplying ambient air to the secondclimate control zone. In response to sensing a user's presence on thesecond climate control zone, the bed system can operate to command theone or more controllers to reduce supply of ambient air to the secondclimate control zone. In response to sensing a user's presence on thesecond climate control zone, the bed system can operate to command theone or more controllers to stop supplying heated air to the firstclimate control zone and to stop supplying ambient air to the secondclimate control zone. In response to sensing a user's presence on thesecond climate control zone, the bed system can operate to command theone or more controllers to reduce supply of heated air to the firstclimate control zone and to reduce supply of ambient air to the secondclimate control zone. In response to sensing a user's presence on thefirst climate control zone, the bed system can operate to command theone or more controllers to stop supplying heated air to the firstclimate control zone and to stop supplying ambient air to the secondclimate control zone. In response to sensing a user's presence on thefirst climate control zone, the bed system can command the one or morecontrollers to reduce supply of heated air to the first climate controlzone and to reduce supply of ambient air to the second climate controlzone. In some implementations, the flow rate of ambient air to thesecond climate control zone can be substantially less than a flow rateof heated air to the first climate control zone.

In an example process of independently controlling multiple climatecontrol zones in a mattress, the mattress can have more than two climatecontrol zones, such as first, second, third, and fourth climate controlzones. The bed system can include one or more air controllers (e.g.,control modules) in fluid communication with each of the first, second,third, and fourth climate control zones and configured to independentlysupply air to or draw air from each of the first, second, third, andfourth climate control zones. The bed system can operate to command theone or more air controllers to operate in a first mode whereby heated orcooled air is supplied to the first zone while air is simultaneouslydrawn from the second zone. The bed system can operate to command theone or more air controllers to operate in a second mode whereby heatedor cooled air is supplied to the third zone while air is simultaneouslydrawn from the fourth zone. The bed system can further operate tocommand the one or more air controllers to operate in a third modewhereby heated air is supplied to the first and third zones while air issimultaneously drawn from the second and fourth zones. The bed systemcan operate to command the one or more air controllers to operate in afourth mode whereby heated air is supplied to the first zone, cooled airis supplied to the third zone, and air is simultaneously drawn from thesecond and fourth zones. In some implementations, the first and secondzones can be on a first side of the mattress for supporting a firstuser, and the third and fourth zones can be on a second side of themattress for supporting a second user.

In some embodiments, air can be delivered to multiple zones in responseto a request to deliver air to only one zone. For example, one or moreusers may request that heat be supplied to the first climate controlzone 1954A but not request that heat be supplied to the second climatecontrol zone 1954B. This could occur, for example, if two users occupythe bed and a first user desires heat be added and the second user doesnot desire that heat be added. In such a case heat can be supplied tothe first climate control zone 1954A. In order to reduce or prevent heatoverflow from the first climate control zone 1954A to the second climatecontrol zone 1954B, a small or moderate amount of ambient air can besupplied to the second climate control zone 1954B. Accordingly, thesystem can supply heated air to the first climate control zone 1954A andambient air to the second climate control zone 1954B in response to arequest to supply heated air to the first climate control zone 1954Aeven without any request for ambient air to be supplied to the secondclimate control zone 1954B.

Bed Temperature Control Methodology Using Pressure as an Input (FeatureGroup #15)

FIG. 49 illustrates an example method 2000 of controlling a microclimateof a bed using an air chamber pressure. The method 2000 is configured tolimit deviation of an internal pressure of an air mattress, therebyproviding consistent comfort while the mattress is operated in heatingor cooling mode. For example, when an air mattress is activelycontrolled in a heating or cooling operation, the pressure inside themattress air chamber changes. Such pressure change causes a deviationfrom the air pressure set point that has been manually selected by auser or automatically selected to provide desired comfort to the user.The method 2000 is configured to limit the amount of air pressure changecaused by such active heating or cooling operation. The method 2000 canpermit for the bed system to limit the amount of energy inputted intothe system or removed from the system, thereby reducing or eliminating adeviation from the air pressure set point. The method can allow a bettercustomer experience by minimizing or limiting pressure changes in theair mattress caused by active heating or cooling in the mattress.

The bed system 1100 includes a microclimate controller 2002 configuredto control a microclimate of the mattress 1604. For example, themicroclimate controller 2002 includes one or both of the foot warmingcontroller 1502 and the airflow pad controller 1602. The microclimatecontroller 2002 can operate to activate a selected operation (Step A).For example, as described in, for example, FIG. 40 , the airflow padcontroller 1602 can operate in the cooling mode 1752 (e.g., the ambientair circulation mode 1762 or the cooled air supply mode 1764) to coolthe mattress, or in the heating mode 1754 (e.g., the heated air supplymode 1766) to warm the mattress. When the airflow pad controller 1602operates, ambient or conditioned air is delivered to or drawn from themattress through the airflow pad 1606 (Step B). Alternatively or inaddition, the foot warming controller 1502 can activate the heatingelement 1504 to warm the foot section of the mattress.

The air chamber controller 1302 can operate to detect a pressure in theair chamber 1306 of the mattress (Step C). For example, the air chambercontroller 1302 inflates the air chamber 1306 to reach a pressure thatis set by the user or automatically determined for the user. The airchamber controller 1302 can detect the pressure inside the air chamber1306 to monitor or ensure the pressure reaches the pressure set point.In addition, the air chamber controller 1302 can operate to determine achange in the air chamber pressure over time (Step D). The air chambercontroller 1302 can further calculate a rate of change in pressure basedon the determination. The air chamber controller 1302 can transmitchamber pressure data to the microclimate controller 2002 (Step E). Thechamber pressure data can include information about the chamber pressureand/or the rate of pressure change as determined in Steps C and D.

The microclimate controller 2002 can analyze the chamber pressure andthe change thereof based on the chamber pressure data (Step F). Themicroclimate controller 2002 can modify the operation based on theanalysis (Step G). For example, the heating or cooling operation can bemodulated to maintain or achieve the air chamber pressure to the setpoint or other target point.

In some embodiments, the microclimate controller 2002 can furthertransmit the climate control data to the air chamber controller 1302(Step H). The climate control data can include information about theheating or cooling operation that is performed on the mattress by themicroclimate controller 2002. For example, the climate control data caninclude information about the temperature setting(s) made for theairflow pad controller 1602 and/or the foot warming controller 1502, thetemperature(s) that are measured at various locations, such as thetemperature of air measured at the airflow pad 1606 or the airflow padcontroller 1602, and the temperature of the heating element 1504 or nearthe heating element 1504.

The air chamber controller 1302 can modify the operation for the airchamber 1306 based on the climate control data and/or the chamberpressure data (Step I). For example, the air chamber controller 1302 canchange its inflation or deflation operation for the air chamber 1306 tomaintain or achieve the air chamber pressure to the set point or othertarget point while the microclimate control is performed for themattress.

FIG. 50 is a flowchart of an example method 2100 for controlling amicroclimate of a bed using an air chamber pressure. The method 2100 canbe used to modify the operation of the microclimate controller 2002 (asin Step G). For example, the microclimate control can be stopped ortemporarily paused if the pressure in the air chamber is determined tohit an air pressure limit that is determined based on a tolerance aroundthe pressure set point or target point. Such a pressure limit can be setwith a goal of staying near a user's desired pressure so as to helpachieve or preserve user comfort.

The method 2100 is further described with reference to FIG. 49 . Themethod 2100 can begin by inflating the air chamber 1306 to a presetpressure (Block 2102). The method 2100 further includes activating amicroclimate control of the mattress (Block 2104). For example, theairflow pad controller 1602 can operate in a heating mode (e.g., theheating mode 1754 in FIG. 40 ) (Block 2112) where heated air supplied tothe mattress through the airflow pad 1606. In another example, theairflow pad controller 1602 can operate in a cooling mode (e.g., thecooling mode 1752 in FIG. 40 ) (Block 2114) where ambient or cooled airsupplied to the mattress through the airflow pad 1606. In addition oralternatively, the foot warming controller 1502 can activate the footheating element 1504 at a temperature set point (Block 2116).

The method 2100 can further include monitoring a pressure inside the airchamber 1306 (Block 2106), and determine whether the air chamberpressure exceeds a tolerance range (Block 2108). If the air chamberpressure exceeds the tolerance range (“Yes”), the method 2100 includesdeactivating the microclimate control of the mattress (Block 2110).Otherwise (“No”), the method 2100 returns to monitoring the air chamberpressure (Block 2106). The tolerance range of pressure can bepredetermined with a lower point not greater than the pressure set pointor target point, and a higher point not less than the pressure set pointor target point.

For example, the cooling operation that is performed on the mattress canlower the air chamber pressure below the set point. In this case, if thedetected air chamber pressure becomes lower than a lower point of thetolerance range, the cooling operation can be deactivated at leasttemporarily so that (e.g., until) the air chamber pressure can bereturned to or maintained with the tolerance range. On the other hand,the heating operation that is performed on the mattress can increase theair chamber pressure above the set point. In this case, if the detectedair chamber pressure becomes higher than a higher point of the tolerancerange, the heating operation can be deactivated at least temporarily sothat (e.g., until) the air chamber pressure can be returned to ormaintained with the tolerance range.

FIG. 51 is a flowchart of an example method 2130 for controlling amicroclimate of a bed using an air chamber pressure. The method 2130 canbe used to modify the operation of the microclimate controller 2002 (asin Step G). For example, the microclimate control of the mattress can belimited or modulated to limit a rate of change of the air chamberpressure below a threshold value.

The method 2130 is further described with reference to FIG. 49 . Themethod 2130 can begin by inflating the air chamber 1306 to a presetpressure (Block 2132). The method 2130 further includes activating amicroclimate control of the mattress (Block 2134). For example, theairflow pad controller 1602 can operate in a heating mode (e.g., theheating mode 1754 in FIG. 40 ) (Block 2142) where heated air supplied tothe mattress through the airflow pad 1606. In another example, theairflow pad controller 1602 can operate in a cooling mode (e.g., thecooling mode 1752 in FIG. 40 ) (Block 2144) where ambient or cooled airsupplied to the mattress through the airflow pad 1606. In addition oralternatively, the foot warming controller 1502 can activate the footheating element 1504 at a temperature set point (Block 2146).

The method 2130 can further include monitoring a change in pressure ofthe air chamber 1306 (Block 2136), and determine whether the rate of thepressure change exceeds a threshold value (Block 2138). If the airchamber pressure rate exceeds the threshold value (“Yes”), the method2130 includes modulating the microclimate control of the mattress (Block2140). Otherwise (“No”), the method 2130 returns to monitoring the airchamber pressure change (Block 2136). The threshold value for the rateof pressure change can be predetermined to ensure that the pressurechange in the air chamber does not substantially affect desired comfortto the user based on the air chamber pressure set point.

FIG. 52 is a flowchart of an example method 2150 for controlling amicroclimate of a bed using an air chamber pressure. The method 2150 canbe used to modify the operation of the microclimate controller 2002 (asin Step G). In this method, depending on the microclimate control of themattress, the air chamber can be inflated or deflated to compensate theimpact of the microclimate control on the pressure in the air chamber.The method 2150 can be used to overcompensate for a given routineoperation prior to the timeframe when the user enters the bed. Forexample, if the mattress is activated in a heating mode for a period oftime (e.g., an hour) before the user enters the bed, the air chamber canbe deflated to a pressure much lower than the pressure set point ordesired target pressure to compensate for the impact that the heatingoperation has (or is expected to have) on the air chamber pressure. Thedegree of compensation can be determined based on one or more factors,such as the size of the air chamber, the thermal set point target,and/or the average pressure increase that the air chamber experiences.The method 2150 permits adjusting the operation (inflation or deflation)of the air mattress only once or in fewer times than multipleadjustments with smaller amounts, while the microclimate control of themattress is active.

The method 2150 is further described with reference to FIG. 49 . Themethod 2150 can begin by inflating the air chamber 1306 to a presetpressure (Block 2152). The method 2150 further includes activating amicroclimate control of the mattress (Block 2154). For example, theairflow pad controller 1602 can operate in a heating mode (e.g., theheating mode 1754 in FIG. 40 ) (Block 2162) where heated air supplied tothe mattress through the airflow pad 1606. In another example, theairflow pad controller 1602 can operate in a cooling mode (e.g., thecooling mode 1752 in FIG. 40 ) (Block 2164) where ambient or cooled airsupplied to the mattress through the airflow pad 1606. In addition oralternatively, the foot warming controller 1502 can activate the footheating element 1504 at a temperature set point (Block 2166).

The method 2150 can further include calculating a pressure compensationvalue (Block 2156), and inflate or deflate the air chamber 1306 by thepressure compensation value (Block 2158). In some implementations, thepressure compensation value can be calculated by identifying a size ofthe air chamber (Block 2172), identifying a thermal set point (Block2174), identifying an average pressure increase that occurs in the airchamber (Block 2176), and calculating the pressure compensation valuebased on the size of the air chamber, the thermal set point, and/or theaverage pressure increase of the air chamber.

In some implementations, the methods described in FIGS. 50-52 can beperformed separately. In other implementations, two or all of themethods described in FIGS. 50-52 can be performed in combination formore complex balancing between user comfort and thermal performancetradeoffs.

Human Body Heat Output Compensation Control Scheme for an ActivelyHeated Meshed Mattress (Feature Group #16)

FIG. 53 illustrates an example method 2200 of controlling a microclimateof a bed to compensate thermal effects of a user resting on the bed. Themethod 2200 provides a solution to harness a thermal output from asleeper's internal body and limit deviation of an internal pressure ofan air mattress, thereby providing consistent comfort while the mattressis operated in heating or cooling mode. The method 2200 can be usedindependently, or along with the method 2000 described in FIGS. 49-52 .

For example, a sleeper generates a body heat, and such thermal outputscan heat up an air chamber of the mattress, thereby causing an increasein pressure of the air chamber. The pressure change in the air chambercauses a deviation from a pressure set point that was selected by thesleeper or automatically determined based on one or more factors toprovide personal comfort. The thermal output resulting from thesleeper's body heat is added to the thermal input from an active heatingor cooling operation with the mattress. For example, the pressure insidethe mattress air chamber can be deviated from a set point due to thethermal output from the user's body as well as the thermal output fromactive heating or cooling operation of the mattress.

The method 2200 can be configured to limit the amount of pressure changein the mattress air chamber that is caused by a total thermal energyinflux into the mattress air chamber (e.g., resulting from the user'sbody heat and the heating or cooling operation). The method 2200 isconfigured to offset the thermal input to the bed from active heating orcooling systems by the amount of the thermal effect of the user's bodyresting on the bed, thereby maintaining, or minimizing a deviation from,the set point of air pressure inside the mattress air chamber, and thusensuring to provide consistent comfort with the bed. In someimplementations, the method 2200 can apply an offset value to one ormore active heating/cooling engines of the bed (e.g., a microclimatecontrol system such as the foot warming control system 1500 and theairflow pad control system 1600), so that the active bed heating/coolingengines can operate at a point offset from the set point (e.g.,temperature set point) that has been selected by the user orautomatically determined to provide desired user comfort. In someimplementations, such an offset value can be predetermined based on oneor more factors, such as user presence, a particular user's body heatdissipation data or prediction, etc. The offset value can be determinedto achieve no or limited deviation from the pressure set point of themattress air chamber. In some implementations, the offsetting operationcan be implemented as a single step change (with a single offset value).Alternatively, the offsetting operation can be performed with multiplestep changes over time (with a plurality of smaller offset values).Alternatively, the offset operation can be gradually performed witheither linear or non-linear gradient.

The bed system 1100 includes a microclimate controller 2202 configuredto control a microclimate of the mattress 1604. For example, themicroclimate controller 2202 includes one or both of the foot warmingcontroller 1502 and the airflow pad controller 1602. The microclimatecontroller 2202 can operate to activate a selected operation (Step A).For example, as described in, for example, FIG. 40 , the airflow padcontroller 1602 can operate in the cooling mode 1752 (e.g., the ambientair circulation mode 1762 or the cooled air supply mode 1764) to coolthe mattress, or in the heating mode 1754 (e.g., the heated air supplymode 1766) to warm the mattress. When the airflow pad controller 1602operates, ambient or conditioned air is delivered to or drawn from themattress through the airflow pad 1606 (Step B). Alternatively or inaddition, the foot warming controller 1502 can activate the heatingelement 1504 to warm the foot section of the mattress.

The air chamber controller 1302 can operate to detect a pressure in theair chamber 1306 of the mattress (Step C). For example, the air chambercontroller 1302 inflates the air chamber 1306 to reach a pressure thatis set by the user or automatically determined for the user. The airchamber controller 1302 can detect the pressure inside the air chamber1306 to monitor or ensure the pressure reaches the pressure set point.The air chamber controller 1302 can determine whether a user is presenton the mattress (Step D). In some implementations, the air chambercontroller 1302 can detect a change in the air chamber pressure thatrepresents the presence of user on the mattress. Alternatively, otherdevices than the air chamber controller 1302 can be used to detect theuser presence, such as using load cells, image capturing, etc. The airchamber controller 1302 can transmit user presence data to themicroclimate controller 2202 (Step E). The user presence data caninclude information about whether a user is present on the bed.

The microclimate controller 2202 can detect output temperature (Step F).Where the airflow pad is operated, the output temperature can be atemperature of the air being supplied to the bed. Where the foot heatingelement is operated, the output temperature can be a temperature of theheating element 1504. The microclimate controller 2202 can determine auser presence (Step G). In some implementations, the microclimatecontroller 2202 can determine such a user presence based on the userpresence data.

Upon determining that a user is present on the bed, the microclimatecontroller 2202 can modify the operation (Step H). For example, themicroclimate controller 2202 can operate to achieve a temperature thatis offset from the output temperature by an offset value. The offsetvalue can be determined to achieve no deviation of a pressure in the airchamber 1306 from the air pressure set point that was manually selectedby a user or automatically determined for the user. Alternatively, theoffset value can be determined to limit a deviation of a pressure in theair chamber 1306 from the air pressure set point to a predeterminedrange. In some examples, the predetermined range can be between about0.1% and about 10%. Alternatively, the microclimate controller 2202 canoperate to achieve a temperature that is offset from a temperature setpoint (e.g., the set point manually selected by a user or automaticallydetermined for the user) by the offset value. Where the airflow pad isoperated, air is supplied or drawn in accordance with the modifiedoperation (Step I).

In some implementations, the microclimate controller 2202 can modify theoperation by the offset value in a single step. In alternativeimplementations, the microclimate controller 2202 can modify theoperation by the offset value in multiple steps over time. For example,the offset value can be divided into a plurality of smaller values, andthe operation can be modified by each of the smaller values multipletimes until all the smaller values are reflected in the operation. Inyet alternatively implementations, the microcontroller 2202 cangradually modify the operation until the offset value is reached. Forexample, the microcontroller 2202 can modify the operation such that thetemperature can linearly or non-linearly change to a temperature offsetby the offset value.

In addition, in some implementations, the microclimate controller 2202can consider other factors to modify the operation as described above.For example, the microclimate controller 2202 can use ambienttemperature (e.g., a room temperature around the bed) as a compensationfactor. By way of example, the microclimate control, as well as the airchamber inflation, can vary depending on the room temperature (e.g.,when the room is at 50° F. or when the room is at 70° F.).

The method 2202 can provide a better customer experience by minimizingor limiting pressure changes in the mattress that may be caused by thethermal output from the sleeper's body, in addition to active heating orcooling operations for the mattress. Instead of measuring the sleeper'score body temperature and thus physically interfering with the sleeper,the method 2202 can utilize more accessible, non-interruptive data, suchas the discharge temperature (e.g., temperature of output air into themattress) from the microclimate controller. As described above, themethod can detect the discharge temperature and modify the operation tochange the discharge temperature to compensate the effect of thermaloutput from the sleeper's body on the mattress.

Power Monitor (Feature Group #17)

FIG. 54 is a block diagram of an example bed system 2300 with anintegrated power monitor capability. The bed system 2300 can beconfigured similar to the bed system 1100 described herein. For example,the bed system 2300 can include the air chamber control system 1300, thebed articulation control system 1400, the foot warming control system1500, and the airflow pad control system 1600. The bed system 1100 caninclude the server system 1126 that can communicate with at least one ofthe systems 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600 via the network 1128. The bed system1100 can further include a user controller 2304, such as the remotecontrol 1122 and the user computing device 1124, that is configured toenable a user to interact with the bed system 2300. The user controller2304 can communicate with the server system 1126 over the network 1128.

The bed system 2300 can further include a power monitor module 2302implemented in the bed system 2300. The power monitor module 2302 can beimplemented in various components in the bed system 2300. For example,the power monitor module 2302 can be included at least partially in theair chamber control system 1300. Alternatively, the power monitor module2302 can be included at least partially in one of the bed articulationcontrol system 1400, the foot warming control system 1500, the airflowpad control system 1600, and the user controller 2304 (e.g., the remotecontrol 1122 and the user computing device 1124). Alternatively, thepower monitor module 2302 can be implemented at least partially in twoor more of the air chamber control system 1300, the bed articulationcontrol system 1400, the foot warming control system 1500, the airflowpad control system 1600, the user controller 2304 (e.g., the remotecontrol 1122 and the user computing device 1124). In addition oralternatively, the power monitor module 2302 can be at least partiallyimplemented in the server system 1126 and communicate with the othercomponents, such as the air chamber control system 1300, the bedarticulation control system 1400, the foot warming control system 1500,the airflow pad control system 1600, and the user controller 2304 (e.g.,the remote control 1122, and the user computing device 1124).

The power monitor module 2302 is configured to monitor electrical poweror energy consumption of at least one of the components in the bedsystem 2300. In some implementations, the power monitor module 2302 canmonitor power consumption (e.g., in a unit of watt, etc.) of the airflowpad control system 1600. In addition or alternatively, the power monitormodule 2302 can monitor energy consumption (e.g., in a unit of kWh,etc.) of the airflow pad control system 1600. For example, the powermonitor module 2302 can monitor voltage and/or current used in theairflow pad control system 1600, and calculate the power consumptionand/or the energy usage of the airflow pad control system 1600. Inaddition, the power monitor module 2302 can obtain electricity prices ator during the time of operation, and calculate the energy cost inoperating the airflow pad control system 1600. Such energy costs can beobtained from utility companies or other public resources.

The power monitor module 2302 can monitor power or energy consumption,and/or calculate energy costs, of other components of the bed system2300, such as the air chamber control system 1300, the bed articulationcontrol system 1400, and the foot warming control system 1500.

The information monitored and calculated by the power monitor module2302 can be outputted to the user in various formats. For example, theinformation can be presented in the display of the user controller 2304(e.g., the remote control 1122 and the user computing device 1124). Inaddition or alternatively, the information can be outputted in otherformats, such as audible notifications, etc. In embodiments where thepower monitor module 2302 monitors the airflow pad control system 1600,the information can include one or more of power usage 2310 of theairflow pad control system 1600, energy usage 2312 of the airflow padcontrol system 1600, energy cost 2314 of the airflow pad control system1600, a power usage trend 2316 of the airflow pad control system 1600,an energy usage trend 2318 of the airflow pad control system 1600, anenergy cost trend 2320 of the airflow pad control system 1600, savingsin power, energy, and/or energy cost 2322 with the airflow pad controlsystem 1600, and a proposal 2324 of optimal usage of the airflow padcontrol system 1600. The power usage trend 2316 indicates a history orchange of power usage by the airflow pad control system 1600 over time.The energy usage trend 2318 indicates a history or change of energyusage by the airflow pad control system 1600 over time. The energy costtrend 2320 indicates a history or change of energy cost of using theairflow pad control system 1600 over time. The savings in power, energy,and/or energy cost 2322 indicates how much power, energy, and/or energycost have been saved by the airflow pad control system 1600, incomparison to, for example, using other similar systems, using otherheating or cooling systems for the bed, or using no heating or coolingrelative to the bed. The optimal usage proposal 2324 shows one or moreproposals of using the airflow pad control system 1600 in optimal ways,such as efficiently heating or cooling the bed while saving energy.

In some implementations, the information obtained and calculated by thepower monitor module 2302 can be used as additional factors to calculatea sleep quality. For example, the bed system 1100 can calculate a sleepquality score based on various parameters detected in the bed system1100, such as the user's heart rate, respiratory rate, other vital signsof the user, the amount of time spent in REM sleep, total time in bed, abody temperature, environmental factors (e.g., room light level, roomtemperature, room humidity, noise level, etc.), and otherconsiderations. In addition, a change of each parameter over aparticular period of time (e.g., over the entire sleep overnight, orduring a particular period of time overnight, etc.) can be used tocalculate the sleep quality score. In addition, the scores of one ormore previous sleep quality scores can be used to calculate a sleepquality score for a particular sleep of the user. By way of example, thesleep score can indicate high quality sleep when heart rate is low, whenrespiratory rate is low, and when tossing when turning movements areinfrequent. The sleep quality score can account for the contribution ofmicroclimate controls using, for example, the foot warming controland/or the airflow pad control as described herein. By way of example,the bed system 1100 can generate an actual sleep quality score for aparticular sleep or a series of sleeps for which the microclimatecontrol has been activated as desired, and further generate ahypothetical sleep quality score that would have been calculated if thesame microclimate control had not been used. The actual sleep qualityscore and the hypothetical sleep quality score can be presented (e.g.,displayed) to the user so that the user can recognize how themicroclimate control has contributed to the sleep quality for the user.In addition, the information (e.g., power/energy consumption and cost)obtained by the power monitor module 2302 can be presented together withthe actual sleep quality score and the hypothetical sleep quality scoreso that the user can determine any adjustment of the microclimatecontrol to achieve a different level of sleep quality in view of thepower/energy consumption and cost. By way of example, the user candetermine to reduce use of the microclimate control to reduce thepower/energy cost while sacrificing the sleep quality to some degree. Inaddition or alternatively, the bed system 1100 can automaticallydetermine an optimal usage of power for controlling the microclimate ofthe bed, and/or accordingly control the microclimate of the bed using,for example, the foot warming control and the airflow pad control, toachieve a sleep quality score (or a range of sleep quality score) thathas been manually selected or automatically determined to be desirablefor the user and further to accomplish a power/energy consumption and/orcost that meet the user's needs.

Further, the information obtained and calculated by the power monitormodule 2302 can be transmitted to and used by home automation systemsfor improving energy saving strategies. For example, an home automationsystem that includes the bed system 1100 can obtain not only thepower/energy consumption and/or cost for operating the microclimatecontrol of the bed, but also the power/energy consumption and/or costfor operating other heating/cooling apparatuses (e.g., furnace, airconditioner, space heater, etc.) to determine an optimal combined use ofthe microclimate control of the bed and the control of otherheating/cooling apparatuses to achieve a desired sleep quality score. Byway of example, the home automation system or the bed system 1100 candetermine an energy cost for operating home heating/cooling apparatusesto achieve a sleep quality score without the microclimate control beingused (or with the microclimate control being used in certain manner),and further determine an energy cost for activating the microclimatecontrol (e.g., the foot warming control and/or the airflow pad control)to achieve the same or similar sleep quality score without the homeheating/cooling apparatuses being used or with the home heating/coolingapparatuses used at adjusted temperature settings (e.g., at a lowertemperature setting for a furnace or space heater). Based on comparisonbetween the two energy costs, the home automation system or the bedsystem 1100 can determine which is more cost-efficient, and provide theproposal to the user and/or automatically control the microclimatecontrol of the bed and/or the home heating/cooling apparatuses to loweror optimize the energy cost overall. The information obtained andcalculated by the power monitor module 2302 can be used in automaticoperation of the bed system 2300. By way of example, if the powerconsumption exceeds a threshold value, the airflow pad control system1600 can be deactivated for a predetermined period of time, or until thepower consumption becomes below the threshold value or another value.

General Computer Diagram

FIG. 55 is a block diagram of computing devices 2400, 2450 that may beused to implement the systems and methods described in this document, aseither a client or as a server or plurality of servers. Computing device2400 is intended to represent various forms of digital computers, suchas laptops, desktops, workstations, personal digital assistants,servers, blade servers, mainframes, and other appropriate computers.Computing device 2450 is intended to represent various forms of mobiledevices, such as personal digital assistants, cellular telephones,smartphones, and other similar computing devices. The components shownhere, their connections and relationships, and their functions, aremeant to be examples only, and are not meant to limit implementationsdescribed and/or claimed in this document.

Computing device 2400 includes a processor 2402, memory 2404, a storagedevice 2406, a high-speed interface 2408 connecting to memory 2404 andhigh-speed expansion ports 2410, and a low speed interface 2412connecting to low speed bus 2414 and storage device 2406. Each of thecomponents 2402, 2404, 2406, 2408, 2410, and 2412, are interconnectedusing various busses, and may be mounted on a common motherboard or inother manners as appropriate. The processor 2402 can processinstructions for execution within the computing device 2400, includinginstructions stored in the memory 2404 or on the storage device 2406 todisplay graphical information for a GUI on an external input/outputdevice, such as display 2416 coupled to high-speed interface 2408. Inother implementations, multiple processors and/or multiple buses may beused, as appropriate, along with multiple memories and types of memory.Also, multiple computing devices 2400 may be connected, with each deviceproviding portions of the necessary operations (e.g., as a server bank,a group of blade servers, or a multi-processor system).

The memory 2404 stores information within the computing device 2400. Inone implementation, the memory 2404 is a volatile memory unit or units.In another implementation, the memory 2404 is a non-volatile memory unitor units. The memory 2404 may also be another form of computer-readablemedium, such as a magnetic or optical disk.

The storage device 2406 is capable of providing mass storage for thecomputing device 2400. In one implementation, the storage device 2406may be or contain a computer-readable medium, such as a floppy diskdevice, a hard disk device, an optical disk device, or a tape device, aflash memory or other similar solid state memory device, or an array ofdevices, including devices in a storage area network or otherconfigurations. A computer program product can be tangibly embodied inan information carrier. The computer program product may also containinstructions that, when executed, perform one or more methods, such asthose described above. The information carrier is a computer- ormachine-readable medium, such as the memory 2404, the storage device2406, or memory on processor 2402.

The high-speed controller 2408 manages bandwidth-intensive operationsfor the computing device 2400, while the low speed controller 2412manages lower bandwidth-intensive operations. Such allocation offunctions is an example only. In one implementation, the high-speedcontroller 2408 is coupled to memory 2404, display 2416 (e.g., through agraphics processor or accelerator), and to high-speed expansion ports2410, which may accept various expansion cards (not shown). In theimplementation, low-speed controller 2412 is coupled to storage device2406 and low-speed expansion port 2414. The low-speed expansion port,which may include various communication ports (e.g., USB, Bluetooth,Ethernet, wireless Ethernet) may be coupled to one or more input/outputdevices, such as a keyboard, a pointing device, a scanner, or anetworking device such as a switch or router, e.g., through a networkadapter.

The computing device 2400 may be implemented in a number of differentforms, as shown in the figure. For example, it may be implemented as astandard server 2420, or multiple times in a group of such servers. Itmay also be implemented as part of a rack server system 2424. Inaddition, it may be implemented in a personal computer such as a laptopcomputer 2422. Alternatively, components from computing device 2400 maybe combined with other components in a mobile device (not shown), suchas device 2450. Each of such devices may contain one or more ofcomputing device 2400, 2450, and an entire system may be made up ofmultiple computing devices 2400, 2450 communicating with each other.

Computing device 2450 includes a processor 2452, memory 2464, aninput/output device such as a display 2454, a communication interface2466, and a transceiver 2468, among other components. The device 2450may also be provided with a storage device, such as a microdrive orother device, to provide additional storage. Each of the components2450, 2452, 2464, 2454, 2466, and 2468, are interconnected using variousbuses, and several of the components may be mounted on a commonmotherboard or in other manners as appropriate.

The processor 2452 can execute instructions within the computing device2450, including instructions stored in the memory 2464. The processormay be implemented as a chipset of chips that include separate andmultiple analog and digital processors. Additionally, the processor maybe implemented using any of a number of architectures. For example, theprocessor may be a CISC (Complex Instruction Set Computers) processor, aRISC (Reduced Instruction Set Computer) processor, or a MISC (MinimalInstruction Set Computer) processor. The processor may provide, forexample, for coordination of the other components of the device 2450,such as control of user interfaces, applications run by device 2450, andwireless communication by device 2450.

Processor 2452 may communicate with a user through control interface2458 and display interface 2456 coupled to a display 2454. The display2454 may be, for example, a TFT (Thin-Film-Transistor Liquid CrystalDisplay) display or an OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode) display, orother appropriate display technology. The display interface 2456 maycomprise appropriate circuitry for driving the display 2454 to presentgraphical and other information to a user. The control interface 2458may receive commands from a user and convert them for submission to theprocessor 2452. In addition, an external interface 2462 may be providein communication with processor 2452, so as to enable near areacommunication of device 2450 with other devices. External interface 2462may provide, for example, for wired communication in someimplementations, or for wireless communication in other implementations,and multiple interfaces may also be used.

The memory 2464 stores information within the computing device 2450. Thememory 2464 can be implemented as one or more of a computer-readablemedium or media, a volatile memory unit or units, or a non-volatilememory unit or units. Expansion memory 2474 may also be provided andconnected to device 2450 through expansion interface 2472, which mayinclude, for example, a SIMM (Single In Line Memory Module) cardinterface. Such expansion memory 2474 may provide extra storage spacefor device 2450, or may also store applications or other information fordevice 2450. Specifically, expansion memory 2474 may includeinstructions to carry out or supplement the processes described above,and may include secure information also. Thus, for example, expansionmemory 2474 may be provide as a security module for device 2450, and maybe programmed with instructions that permit secure use of device 2450.In addition, secure applications may be provided via the SIMM cards,along with additional information, such as placing identifyinginformation on the SIMM card in a non-hackable manner.

The memory may include, for example, flash memory and/or NVRAM memory,as discussed below. In one implementation, a computer program product istangibly embodied in an information carrier. The computer programproduct contains instructions that, when executed, perform one or moremethods, such as those described above. The information carrier is acomputer- or machine-readable medium, such as the memory 2464, expansionmemory 2474, or memory on processor 2452 that may be received, forexample, over transceiver 2468 or external interface 2462.

Device 2450 may communicate wirelessly through communication interface2466, which may include digital signal processing circuitry wherenecessary. Communication interface 2466 may provide for communicationsunder various modes or protocols, such as GSM voice calls, SMS, EMS, orMMS messaging, CDMA, TDMA, PDC, WCDMA, CDMA2000, or GPRS, among others.Such communication may occur, for example, through radio-frequencytransceiver 2468. In addition, short-range communication may occur, suchas using a Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or other such transceiver (not shown). Inaddition, GPS (Global Positioning System) receiver module 2470 mayprovide additional navigation- and location-related wireless data todevice 2450, which may be used as appropriate by applications running ondevice 2450.

Device 2450 may also communicate audibly using audio codec 2460, whichmay receive spoken information from a user and convert it to usabledigital information. Audio codec 2460 may likewise generate audiblesound for a user, such as through a speaker, e.g., in a handset ofdevice 2450. Such sound may include sound from voice telephone calls,may include recorded sound (e.g., voice messages, music files, etc.) andmay also include sound generated by applications operating on device2450.

The computing device 2450 may be implemented in a number of differentforms, as shown in the figure. For example, it may be implemented as acellular telephone 2480. It may also be implemented as part of asmartphone 2482, personal digital assistant, or other similar mobiledevice.

Additionally computing device 2400 or 2450 can include Universal SerialBus (USB) flash drives. The USB flash drives may store operating systemsand other applications. The USB flash drives can include input/outputcomponents, such as a wireless transmitter or USB connector that may beinserted into a USB port of another computing device.

Various implementations of the systems and techniques described here canbe realized in digital electronic circuitry, integrated circuitry,specially designed ASICs (application specific integrated circuits),computer hardware, firmware, software, and/or combinations thereof.These various implementations can include implementation in one or morecomputer programs that are executable and/or interpretable on aprogrammable system including at least one programmable processor, whichmay be special or general purpose, coupled to receive data andinstructions from, and to transmit data and instructions to, a storagesystem, at least one input device, and at least one output device.

These computer programs (also known as programs, software, softwareapplications or code) include machine instructions for a programmableprocessor, and can be implemented in a high-level procedural and/orobject-oriented programming language, and/or in assembly/machinelanguage. As used herein, the terms “machine-readable medium”“computer-readable medium” refers to any computer program product,apparatus and/or device (e.g., magnetic discs, optical disks, memory,Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs)) used to provide machine instructionsand/or data to a programmable processor, including a machine-readablemedium that receives machine instructions as a machine-readable signal.The term “machine-readable signal” refers to any signal used to providemachine instructions and/or data to a programmable processor.

To provide for interaction with a user, the systems and techniquesdescribed here can be implemented on a computer having a display device(e.g., a CRT (cathode ray tube) or LCD (liquid crystal display) monitor)for displaying information to the user and a keyboard and a pointingdevice (e.g., a mouse or a trackball) by which the user can provideinput to the computer. Other kinds of devices can be used to provide forinteraction with a user as well; for example, feedback provided to theuser can be any form of sensory feedback (e.g., visual feedback,auditory feedback, or tactile feedback) and input from the user can bereceived in any form, including acoustic, speech, or tactile input.

The systems and techniques described here can be implemented in acomputing system that includes a back end component (e.g., as a dataserver), or that includes a middleware component (e.g., an applicationserver), or that includes a front end component (e.g., a client computerhaving a graphical user interface or a Web browser through which a usercan interact with an implementation of the systems and techniquesdescribed here), or any combination of such back end, middleware, orfront end components. The components of the system can be interconnectedby any form or medium of digital data communication (e.g., acommunication network). Examples of communication networks include alocal area network (“LAN”), a wide area network (“WAN”), peer-to-peernetworks (having ad-hoc or static members), grid computinginfrastructures, and the Internet.

The computing system can include clients and servers. A client andserver are generally remote from each other and typically interactthrough a communication network. The relationship of client and serverarises by virtue of computer programs running on the respectivecomputers and having a client-server relationship to each other.

ALTERNATIVE IMPLEMENTATIONS

Referring to FIGS. 56-60 , alternative or additional features andembodiments of the bed system are described. FIGS. 56A-D illustrate anexample air duct 2600 that can replace the air duct 404 describedherein. Alternatively, one or more features of the air duct 2600 can beused with the air duct 404, or replace corresponding features of the airduct 404. The air duct 2600 can include a funnel plenum 2602, asillustrated in FIG. 56A-B. The funnel plenum provides an internal curvedsurface configured to provide maximum air flow therethrough. The funnelplenum 2602 can be placed inside the airflow pad 400, as illustrated inFIGS. 56C-D. For example, the airflow pad 400 can include a sleeve 2604that is integral with the jacket of the airflow pad 400 and configuredto surround the air duct 2600. The sleeve 2604 can be configured toreduce air leakage and/or noise from air flow. The funnel plenum 2602can be placed within the jacket of the air duct 2600 such that the airduct 2600 passes through the sleeve 2604.

FIGS. 57A-B illustrate an example piece 2620 that can be attached to therail 206 to keep the air duct 2600 (or the air duct 404) securely inplace. As described herein, for example, the rail 206 can include anotch 242 (or cutout section) for routing the air duct 2600 (or the airduct 404) therethrough. The piece 2620 can be attached to the rail 206across the notch 242 to keep the air duct secured and maintain thestructural integrity of the mattress rail.

FIGS. 58A-C illustrate an example mattress system 2640. The mattresssystem 2640 is similar to the mattress system 200 as illustrated in, forexample, FIGS. 2 and 3 . For example, the mattress system 2640 issimilarly configured to the mattress system 200, including the airchambers 222 placed into a tub cavity, the bottom layer 208 placed abovethe air chambers 222, and the cover 209 closing at least the bottom ofthe mattress. The cover 209 can include openings at the bottom thereofto route the air duct therethough.

FIGS. 59A-C illustrate an alternative example of air duct connection2660. In this example, the air duct 2660 extending from a mattress 2662is routed through an opening 2668 provided in a foundation 2664. The airduct 2660 is fluidly coupled to a fan assembly 2666 mounted at thebottom of the foundation 2664, or hidden behind or inside the foundation2662.

FIGS. 60A-C illustrate an alternative fan assembly 2666. The fanassembly 2666 can replace the air controller 700. Alternatively, one ormore features of the fan assembly 2666 can be used with the aircontroller 700, or replace corresponding features of the air controller700. The fan assembly 2666 can include a fan 2702, and a first plenum2704 and a second plenum 2706 connected to opposite sides of the fan2702. The first plenum 2704 is configured to couple the air duct 2600extending from the airflow pad, and the second plenum 2706 is configuredto be exposed to the surroundings. In some implementations, a sleeve2710 can be provided to cover at least part of the fan assembly 2666 forpreventing air leakage and/or noise resulting from air flow.

While this specification contains many specific implementation details,these should not be construed as limitations on the scope of anyinventions or of what may be claimed, but rather as descriptions offeatures specific to particular implementations of particularinventions. Certain features that are described in this specification inthe context of separate implementations can also be implemented incombination in a single implementation. Conversely, various featuresthat are described in the context of a single implementation can also beimplemented in multiple implementations separately or in any suitablesub-combination. Accordingly, various features have been described abovein seventeen different feature groups for clarity and organizationpurposes, however, it will be understood that features from the variousfeature groups can be beneficially combined together in a common system.For example, materials described in Feature Group #2 can be used inmattresses in a mattress having reinforcement straps as described inFeature Group #3. Accordingly, various embodiments are specificallyintended to include features of more than one, and sometimes many,feature groups. Moreover, although features may be described above asacting in certain combinations and even initially claimed as such, oneor more features from a claimed combination can in some cases be excisedfrom the combination, and the claimed combination may be directed to asub-combination or variation of a sub-combination.

Similarly, while operations are depicted in the drawings in a particularorder, this should not be understood as requiring that such operationsbe performed in the particular order shown or in sequential order, orthat all illustrated operations be performed, to achieve desirableresults. In certain circumstances, multitasking and parallel processingmay be advantageous. Moreover, the separation of various systemcomponents in the implementations described above should not beunderstood as requiring such separation in all implementations, and itshould be understood that the described program components and systemscan generally be integrated together in a single software product orpackaged into multiple software products.

Thus, particular implementations of the subject matter have beendescribed. Other implementations are within the scope of the followingclaims. In some cases, the actions recited in the claims can beperformed in a different order and still achieve desirable results. Inaddition, the processes depicted in the accompanying figures do notnecessarily require the particular order shown, or sequential order, toachieve desirable results. In certain implementations, multitasking andparallel processing may be advantageous.

What is claimed is:
 1. A method of operating a mattress air controller,the method comprising: determining that a user is in bed; operating themattress air controller to heat or cool the user while the user isdetermined to be in bed; determining that the user is not in bed; andoperating the mattress air controller in a refresh mode to refresh airin the mattress while the user is determined to be not in bed.
 2. A bedsystem comprising: a mattress; and a mattress air controller comprising:a fan; one or more processors; and a computer-readable storage mediumcoupled to the one or more processors and having instructions storedthereon which, when executed by the one or more processors, cause theone or more processors to perform operations comprising: operating themattress air controller in a conditioning mode whereby the fan isoperated to move air at a top of the mattress to heat or cool the user;and operating the mattress air controller in a refresh mode whereby thefan is operated to move air at the top of the mattress to refresh themattress.
 3. The bed system of claim 2, the operations furthercomprising: determining that the user is in bed, wherein the mattressair controller is operated in the conditioning mode while the user isdetermined to be in bed; and determining that the user is not in bed,wherein the mattress air controller is operated in the refresh modewhile the user is determined to be not in bed.
 4. The bed system ofclaim 3, wherein the mattress air controller further comprises a heater,wherein the heater is operated in the conditioning mode and wherein theheater is not operated in the refresh mode.
 5. The bed system of claim2, wherein operating the mattress air controller in a refresh modecomprises: operating the mattress air controller in a refresh mode for apredetermined period of time.
 6. The bed system of claim 5, wherein thepredetermined period of time ranges from 30 minutes to 60 minutes. 7.The bed system of claim 3, wherein the operations further comprises:detecting a humidity level in the air in the refresh mode; and operatingthe mattress air controller in the refresh mode until the humidity levelreaches a predetermined value.
 8. The bed system of claim 5, whereinoperating the mattress air controller in a refresh mode comprises:controlling the fan to draw air from the top of the mattress for thepredetermined period of time.
 9. The bed system of claim 2, wherein themattress includes no materials treated with antimicrobial chemicals andwherein the refresh mode is automatically operated regularly atintervals configured to reduce microbial growth.